Preservation of Localism, Program Diversity, and Competition in Television Broadcast Service Act of 2003
Legislative Activity
Stay on top of the latest movement without scrolling through every action
Sponsor introductory remarks on measure. (CR S11505)
September 16, 2003
View full timeline
Introduced in Senate
May 13, 2003
Read twice and referred to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation. (text of measure as introduced: CR S6082-6083)
May 13, 2003
Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation. Ordered to be reported with amendments favorably.
June 19, 2003
Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation. Reported by Senator McCain with an amendment. With written report No. 108-141. Additional views filed.
September 3, 2003
Placed on Senate Legislative Calendar under General Orders. Calendar No. 270.
September 3, 2003
Sponsor introductory remarks on measure. (CR S11505)
September 16, 2003
Floor Debate
20 membersWhat members said about S. 1046 on the floor
JM
BLD
RCB
RJD
MBE+15
Floor Debate
20 membersWhat members said about S. 1046 on the floor
I thank my colleague from Iowa and welcome him back from a very interesting time. Mr. President, here we go again, another Omnibus appropriations bill, and this one takes the cake. Obviously, the New…
I thank my colleague from Iowa and welcome him back from a very interesting time.
Mr. President, here we go again, another Omnibus appropriations bill, and this one takes the cake. Obviously, the New Years Eve parties didn't end for Congress on January 1. We are on a spending bender and this bill is ample proof of it. I think we have a new phrase in the lexicon of description of the way the Congress does business: Another drunken sailor spending spree embarked on by the Congress of the United States to the detriment of our children and our children's children.
I haven't been around here as long as many others, but I have never seen, nor do I believe history will record, such a rapid transition from a period of surpluses as far as the eye could see, to now commitment on the part of the administration to cut the deficit in half at some time in the future. Multitrillion-dollar surpluses to multitrillion-dollar deficits, and you would think we were still in a period of surpluses. If you look at this legislation, it is a living, breathing argument that this system is broken, the way we do business. Spending is out of control and we are mortgaging the future of our children and our grandchildren, and there is no way that Medicare and Social Security can be viable when we are amassing these kinds of outrageous processes. I say shame on this body, shame on the appropriators, and shame on us because, on Thursday, we will, after a vote of dissatisfaction, now pass this outrageous spending bill.
Americans have heard much about the growing problem of identity theft. We have before us the most costly case of identity theft imaginable. It appears that the big spenders in this body have all but stolen the credit card numbers of every hard-working taxpayer in America and have gone on a limitless spending spree for parochial porkbarrel projects, leaving Americans to pay and pay.
As I will point out later in my statement on such programs as NASA, some of these cuts are dangerous.
Cuts in the International Space Station in the name of porkbarrel spending is endangering the very lives of our astronauts. Policy changes that have to do with fundamental changes in media ownership, in fishing, and in other areas that have been inserted in this bill are absolutely outrageously in violation of Senate rules, I might add.
Please join me as we walk through this shopping mall. On the right, we have $1.8 million for exotic pet disease research in California. On your left, you will find $50 million for an indoor rain forest in Iowa--$50 million for an indoor rain forest in Iowa? Give me a break. On your left, in front of us, you see $250,000 to build an amphitheater park in Illinois.
It is time we put an end to this theft. I am sorry we have to call it theft but that is how I see the situation.
The sum of these political indulgences is enormous and growing and amounts to the theft of our future and the theft of our economic recovery.
Nearly 1 year ago I stood here and spoke about the 2003 Omnibus appropriations bill. At that time, I said our current economic situation and our vital national security concerns illustrate that we need now more than ever
to prioritize our Federal spending. Obviously, it had no effect.
Let me remind my colleagues that we are nearly 4 months into fiscal year 2004 and still without 7 of the 13 annual appropriations bills. This has become an unacceptable practice. Less than a year after passing one monstrosity, we are poised to do it again as if it should now be our standard operating procedure. But far worse than the breadth and timing, we have before us a bill loaded with special interest porkbarrel projects and legislative riders that have no business in this or any other spending bill.
It is no accident that we are dealing with this bill in an election year. In fact, I strongly suggest we change the name of this bill to ``The Incumbent Protection Act of 2004.'' Forget about the Patriots versus the Panthers in the Super Bowl next weekend. We are right in the middle of the Super Bowl of pork. C-SPAN viewers have seats at the 50- yard line. It is Congress versus the American taxpayer, and sadly we already know the outcome of this game. The taxpayer will be the loser.
We have before us today a bill that incorporates 7 of the 13 annual spending measures totalling a whopping $820 billion chocked full of porkbarrel spending and major policy changes.
The Kansas City Star recently reported, ``Enough pork is layered into the spending bill that even the Missouri Pork Producers Association is in line for $1 million.''
There is over $11 billion unrequested, unauthorized, run-of-the-mill pork projects inserted in the 1,182 pages of this conference report.
Let us talk about some of the interesting provisions: $200,000 for the West Oahu campus of the University of Hawaii to produce the ``Primal Quest'' film documentary.
I am sure my colleagues will again be surprised at the number of projects that go to the States of the senior members of the Appropriations Committee, Alaska, West Virginia, Mississippi, and Hawaii: $225,000 to the Wheels Museum in New Mexico--a wheels museum in New Mexico; $7.3 million for Hawaiian sea turtles; $6 million for sea lions in Alaska; $450,000 for the Johnny Appleseed Heritage Center in Ohio; $100,000 to the State Historical Society of Iowa in Des Moines for the development of the World Food Prize; $200,000 to the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and Museum in Cleveland, OH, for the Rockin' the Schools education program.
As a fan of rock and roll, I can certainly see why that Rockin' the Schools education program would be worthy of $200,000; $1 million for the continued threat of the Mormon cricket infestation in the great State of Utah.
Here are interesting ones: $450,000 for an Alaska statehood celebration and $225,000 for an Hawaii statehood celebration. If I were the Senator from Hawaii, I would certainly be angered that I have been shorted $225,000 to celebrate my statehood. Hawaii became a State in the same year. You would think they would want to equalize that. I am sure they will fix it in a later appropriations bill knowing the way, in the case of Alaska and Hawaii, that one hand washes the other; $175,000 to a city in Missouri for the painting of a mural on a flood wall. That must be one heck of a mural; $90,000 for fruit fly research in Montpellier, France.
Given the closeness of our relationship with the French, I can certainly understand why we would want to send $90,000 over there to help get rid of that fruit fly in Montpellier.
But back to home, $225,000 to Traverse City, MI, for the restoration of an opera house. Opera lovers rejoice; $250,000 for the Alaska Aviation Heritage Museum. Alaska is known for a lot of things, but being the hotbed or the birthplace of aviation is not one that I knew of, although over the years I have grown to be more and more aware of the critical needs of Alaska for Federal funds for every conceivable purpose; $200,000 to the town of Guadalupe, AR, for the construction and renovation of a shopping center. I will have to go out there and see it. It is not too far from my home; $325,000 to the city of Salinas, CA, for the construction of a swimming pool.
Some of my colleagues may have read about this kind of interesting thing. It appears that a Member of the other body had some pangs of conscience because he dropped a frog into the swimming pool, or something like that. But whatever, the city of Salinas will have a new swimming pool.
And $100,000 to the city of Macon, GA, for the renovation of the Coca-Cola building. I can certainly see why the Coca-Cola people couldn't arrange for that. They are an impoverished corporation, as we all know; $100,000 to the city of Atlanta for the renovation of Paschal's restaurant and motel. I am sure there is great historical significance associated with Paschal's restaurant and motel down there in the impoverished part of Atlanta; $900,000 to an economic development association in Idaho to continue the implementation of the Lewis and Clark Bicentennial commemoration plan; $175,000 to the city of Detroit for the design and construction of a zoo. The city of Detroit certainly wouldn't want to have to pick up any of that tab; $238,000 to the National Wild Turkey Federation. I wasn't sure whether this was the animal or the beverage. But either way, $238,000 to the Wild Turkey Federation will, I am sure, be wisely spent, and perhaps that would reduce the cost per bottle; $200,000 for the city of North Pole, AK, for recreational improvements.
I know it has been a bad Christmas season for some, but you would think the elves and others might not need $200,000 for North Pole, AK. But one never knows, does one? The condition of the elves and Mrs. Claus are generally updated only around Christmastime. But it has come a little late this year. I will have to ask my staff to find out the total population of North Pole, AK, although counting nonpersons, I am sure, would enlarge the census there. There is $100,000 for restoration of the Jefferson County Courthouse clock tower in Washington State. That was under the category of economic development. I imagine everyone knowing what time it is would probably encourage efficiency there.
There is $220,000 to the Blueberry Hill Farm in Maine. They are getting their thrill on Blueberry Hill. I almost did not use that one, it is so schmaltzy.
While many of these projects may sound comical, they illustrate a badly broken system in need of serious and comprehensive reform. The HUD portion of this bill contains an account that is perhaps the best evidence that this process is completely broken and out of control. The appropriators included $278 million in this bill for so-called ``economic development initiatives.'' Every single dime of that $278 million was served up as pork. There were 40 pages of report language. The appropriators dished out 902 earmarks for everything from theater renovations in Jenkintown, PA, to quarry updates in Nome, Alaska.
Excuse me, North Pole, Alaska. The population in 2000 was 1,570, so $200,000 is a tidy Christmas present.
Back to the 902 earmarks, from everything from theater preservation to quarry updates in Nome, Alaska. Again, somehow Alaska comes back and back and back and back throughout. I wonder how the people in Alaska feel about being put on welfare.
Sadly, the EDI account in the HUD appropriations bill has become nothing more than a slush fund for the appropriators, completely eliminating any competitive or merit-based determination by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. The only word that comes to mind to describe this practice is ``shameful.''
At the same time, I will comment about some language in the statement of managers language accompanying this conference report that offers a more appropriate approach. Many of the accounts throughout the Department of Justice portion of this bill contain language that allows Federal officials, Governors, and other State and local representatives some discretion in awarding the appropriated funds. While the statement of managers names specific entities in connection with the Department of Justice grant, it also states that funding should be awarded if they are warranted after a proper review. Unfortunately, that kind of language is missing throughout the rest of this legislation. I hope the agency officials charged with reviewing these proposals will employ a modicum of fiscal restraint in some projects mentioned, such as $2 million for the First Tee Program, which teaches
young people how to play golf. I know the Presiding Officer is an avid golf fan and has been to many parts of the world in order to enjoy the game of golf, but I don't think even he would think it is justified in this period of multitrillion dollar deficits to spend $2 million for the First Tee Program.
As inappropriate as the earmarks are, I am perhaps more dismayed at the inclusion of some major policy changes in the bill. Every member of this Chamber knows it is a violation of Senate rule XVI to legislate on an appropriations bill, the most often violated rule I know of in the Senate. Moreover, every Member knows it is a violation of rule XXVIII to add new provisions in conference that have not been included in either House or Senate bill sent to conference. Sadly, every Member knows this omnibus violates those rules. The inclusion of special interest legislative riders on a must-pass spending measure is not only a corruption of the proper process, it is irresponsible and an affront to good government.
I turn first of all to Section 629, the Commerce-State-Justice division of the omnibus. The provision would undo the Federal Communications Commissions June 2 decision to incrementally raise the national television broadcast station ownership from 35 percent to 45 percent. Instead, the provision would set the ownership cap at 39 percent. I strongly object to the inclusion of this provision for both procedural and substantive reasons. Procedurally, this is a blatant attempt by the appropriators to usurp the jurisdiction of the authorizers. I have not supported the use of the appropriations process to legislate policy and I will not do so today. Substantively, this provision is objectionable because while purporting to address public concerns about excessive media consolidation, it really only addresses the concerns of special interests. It is no coincidence, my friends, that the 39 percent is the exact ownership percentage of Viacom and CBS. Why did they pick 39 percent? So that these two major conglomerates would be grandfathered in, purportedly, in order to reduce the media ownership, which was voted 55-40 in the Senate. The fact is now they are endorsing Viacom and CBS's 39 percent ownership, grandfathering them in because they should have been at 35 percent. Remarkable.
I am not sure where the line should be drawn. We have spent hours and hours and hours in the Commerce Committee in hearings on this issue. I have never seen such an uprising of American public opinion on an issue that surprised me as much as this issue of media concentration. Hundreds of thousands of people contacted the FCC on this issue. A vote was forced in the Senate which rolled back--the first time in my memory--a decision of the Federal Communications Commission. I had very mixed emotions about it. But when I saw a clear channel radio go from 140 stations to 1,240 stations and there is a toxic spill in Minot, ND, and there is not a single person in any of those stations to warn the local people, I am worried about media concentration.
So what did the appropriators do? They pandered to a special interest, Viacom and CBS, and grandfathered them in. That is what this is all about. Do you think they addressed the major concern that most have, which is cross ownership? When Gannett owns the Arizona Republic and Channel 12, it is OK. What happens when Gannett owns Channel 12 and Channel 10 and Channel 5? That is what concerns people.
So the appropriators, in a blatant bow to Viacom and CBS, insert a 39 percent rule. I again give credit where it is due, the power of the National Association of Broadcasters, which is not included in the provision, as the ultimate proof of their influence. Why is it that other concerns that have been raised and were voted on in the Senate were not included in the appropriations bill? It is because the National Association of Broadcasters did not want it in.
As I mentioned, this is not the first attempt by Congress to undo the FCC's new media ownership rules. Last September, the Senate voted 55-40 in support of Senator Dorgan's congressional disapproval resolution which sought to declare all of the FCC's new media ownership rules ``null and void.'' The omnibus spending bill is not the appropriate legislative vehicle to undo the commission's broadcast ownership cap.
If the Congress wishes to take action on the issue of media ownership, it ought to do so in the committee of jurisdiction. The issue of media ownership is far broader than the limited scope of this provision. As William Safire wrote in an op-ed piece in the New York Times, itself a large owner of several media outlets: The effect of the media's march to amalgamation on America's freedom of voice [is a] far- reaching political decision [that] should be made by Congress and the White House, after extensive hearings and fair coverage by too-shy broadcasters, no-local-news cable networks, and conflicted newspapers.
I can spend a lot of time later on this year on this whole issue of what is happening with localism, with the station owner in Baltimore where the person goes on the set with an overcoat on and says, It is really cold here in Minnesota today. These are serious issues.
What did the appropriators do? They decided to do something for the National Association of Broadcasters. We had multiple hearings in examining media ownership and several committee members introduced S. 1046, the Preservation of Localism Program Diversity and Competition in Television Broadcast Service Act of 2002, and that is what we should be debating.
As the Senator from North Dakota, Mr. Dorgan, has said many times, we now have many voices and one ventriloquist.
Now, if we could have a little straight talk here today, while the NAB is unhappy with only part of the FCC's new rules, there is no valid public policy reason why both of the FCC rules should not be considered together. In fact, if only one rule could be addressed, as I said before, the broadcast/newspaper cross-ownership rule is the one that should be addressed.
In an October hearing before the Senate Commerce Committee, the entire panel of academics and analysts agreed that the FCC's new newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule would have a significantly greater impact on media ownership concentration than the new 45-percent national television broadcast ownership cap.
One of the panelists, Dr. Mark Cooper, provided the example of Tallahassee, FL, where the top TV station has a 70-percent market share and the daily newspaper has 60 percent penetration. If they merge, they would employ almost two-thirds of all local journalists in that community.
A September article in Business Week recognized this and stated:
The 45% cap has become a rallying symbol, but the
regulations that would truly reorder America's media
landscape and affect local communities have flown under the
radar. These would allow companies to snap up not only two or
three local TV stations in a market but also a newspaper and
up to eight radio stations. If the courts and Congress are
worried about the dangers of media consolidation, they'll
have to resist calling it a day after dispensing with the
network cap and go after the rules with real bite.
In opposition to the National Association of Broadcasters selective advocacy, all four television networks have quit their membership in NAB. In a resignation letter submitted last year, ABC/Disney wrote:
Almost two years ago, the other major broadcast networks
resigned from the NAB. The issue was the patently
hypocritical NAB position favoring deregulation of newspaper
cross-ownership and duopoly while simultaneously advocating
continued regulation of the national station cap. The NAB and
the public policy process in Washington should not be abused
to advance the business interests of one broadcaster over
another.
The ABC/Disney suggestion is exactly what is going on here. This provision is not about public policy; it is about advancing the interests of the National Association of Broadcasters.
To summarize, stand-alone legislation like S. 1046, that was reported out of the authorizing committee, is the correct vehicle to address these difficult and complex issues involving media ownership. Attaching a rider to selectively address concerns of special nonpublic interests is not the way to make good policy.
Let me state from the outset I take a back street to no one in my support of second amendment rights. I have supported nearly every law that protects the rights of law-abiding gun owners since first coming to Washington. But there is a special interest rider included in this Omnibus appropriations bill that is absolutely appalling. The House sponsor of this provision has argued that it benefits gun
owners, but the only gun owners it seems to help are those who have broken the law.
This rider has three major provisions, all of them unnecessary for gun owners, and none of them helpful for law enforcement.
First, it requires that background check approval records be destroyed within 24 hours instead of the current policy of 90 days. Proponents argue that keeping these records for 90 days constitutes a national firearms registry. I want to be very clear, I oppose Federal registration of firearms.
I also want to be equally clear that our current policy of keeping these records for 90 days does not constitute in any way, shape, or form a national registry. It is a phony issue.
The 90-days retention allows the NICS system to correct mistakes that occur when they accidentally approve someone who should have been denied a gun in the first place. This happens about 500 times a year, according to the General Accounting Office. Nearly all these false approvals are because of missing domestic violence records. So as far as I can tell, this provision benefits no one except those who should have been denied a firearm but were not.
The second provision prevents ATF from conducting an inventory audit of licensed gun stores. This means that ATF auditors will have no way of knowing if a gun store is missing firearms, a sure sign that they are selling guns illegally without the proper background checks.
In Tacoma, WA, ATF auditors recovered 233 firearms missing from Bull's Eye Shooters Supply store. One of those weapons was used by the accused DC area snipers. Why are we putting special language in a must- pass Federal spending bill to protect a store such as Bull's Eye? Consider the potential consequences.
A third provision prohibits the public release of crime gun trace information. This information is not top secret data that jeopardizes our national security or hinders law enforcement. We cannot have a government that operates in secret and refuses to release information that shows where criminals have obtained a gun.
This provision has no support from the law enforcement community, and was even opposed by Chairman Young and Subcommittee Chairman Wolf. Yet here it is today included in this terrible bill. This language is an embarrassment to law-abiding gun owners and a slap in the face to law enforcement.
Now, it is going to get a little esoteric here for a second, but it is very important. Because what we have done in this bill has basically changed the entire fishing industry and the way they do business, again, to protect certain entities in the State of Alaska.
One of the policy riders is language that authorizes the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands crab fisheries rationalization plan, which would divide 90 percent of that crab market among just a small group of processors. Under the provision, fishermen could only sell this crab to those few processors and, in turn, only those processors would sell to consumers.
We are creating a cartel, a Government-mandated cartel. And who is going to pay for that, at the end, in the form of higher prices? Those who eat this crab all over America, including my State.
This legislative language has not been considered by the authorizing committee nor requested by the administration. This provision raises serious antitrust concerns. Again, it would require--not simply allow but require--the crab fishermen to sell 90 percent of their crab harvest to predetermined processing companies. This precedent-setting action would vitiate antitrust laws, limit competition in the seafood sector, and ultimately hurt fishermen and consumers. Fishermen around the Nation have expressed strong opposition to this provision, as have at least a dozen newspaper editorial boards.
Before I go any further, I wish to clarify the difference between ``fishing quotas'' and ``processing quotas.'' Fishing quotas are allocation tools that allow fishermen to catch a certain portion of the overall allowable harvest. Fishermen can determine when and under what conditions to fish with such quotas, and fishing quotas have been widely recognized to benefit fishermen, the environment, and consumers.
In contrast, processing quotas would allocate buying rights for the crab catch among a handful of processing companies so that each would be guaranteed to receive a certain percent of the overall harvest. Regardless of how efficient these processors are or what kind of price they are offering, they would have a guaranteed market share. I thought that kind of thing went away with the Berlin Wall. Under this plan, it would be illegal for fishermen to take their crab to other processors.
This language would have far-reaching consequences. Yet it was included in this must-pass bill without ever having been considered or debated by the committee of jurisdiction, the Commerce Committee.
Fishermen throughout the Nation object to the crab plan's individual processing quotas, IPQs, because the precedent-setting nature of this action could lead to IPQs in the processing sector of other fisheries. Indeed, crab boat owners and crew from all over the country--even from Arizona--have voiced their opposition to this proposal.
``Crab cartels,'' the Anchorage Daily News--even the Anchorage Daily News. ``Stevens pushes plan that gives processors too much market power.''
The Los Angeles Times: ``Toss This Stinker in the Sea.''
The Seattle Post-Intelligencer:
The quota plan would guarantee shares not just to boat
owners, as has been done successfully with other species, but
also to fish processors on the land. That has nothing to do
with safety. As the U.S. Department of Justice recognizes, it
raises significant anti-trust concerns.
Crab Cartels are Bad News for Maine Lobster Industry.
Seattle Times:
Crab Industry Bakes a Monopoly Pie.
Seattle Times:
Feeling Crabby? No Need for a Monopoly.
It goes on and on. There is nobody who thinks this is a good idea.
In addition to affecting the price setting process, I am aware of at least one crab fisherman who owns a fishing boat and a ``catcher- processor'' boat. He objects to this policy rider because it would make it illegal for him to sell his own catch to himself, so that the catch from his fishing boat could be processed on his processing boat.
According to the National Research Council, the General Accounting Office, and the Department of Justice Antitrust Division, fishermen's concerns about IPQs are clearly justified. The 1999 NRC publication, Sharing the Fish, found no ``compelling reason to establish a separate, complementary processor quota system'' to accompany an Individual Fishing Quota program. These findings were echoed by the GAO in its December 2002 report on IFQs, which failed to find the IFQ programs resulted in harmful impacts on processors in the halibut and sablefish fisheries that would warrant creation of an IPQ program.
Furthermore, on August 27, 2003, the Assistant Attorney General of the U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division wrote a letter to the General Counsel of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, NOAA, in which he opposed the IPQ provisions of the crab plan, stating ``processor quotas are not justified by any such beneficial competitive purpose'' and that ``The Department urges NOAA to oppose IPQ.''
While the fisherman are up in arms, the processors are already counting their chickens, or in this case, crab harvests, and in turn, their profits. That is because the percent of the harvest that they will be able to process in the future is based on how much they have processed in the past under the free market environment. Regardless of future operational efficiency, supply and demand, or any other real- world factors, these processors will be guaranteed their allocation in perpetuity. Consider, for example, one company that recently has processed roughly 20 percent of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Island crab. This provision will assure that company continues to receive 20 percent of future harvests--worth on the order of tens of millions of dollars annually.
For centuries, fishermen have used market forces to negotiate their dockside prices, and this has had the effect of maintaining competition and benefitting consumers. Processor quotas throw an enormous wrench into the free market machinery.
In addition to affecting the price-setting process, the crab IPQ plan also would effectively prevent new processors from entering the industry. If anyone wants to enter the processing sector, they would need to buy the processing rights from the few processors who would have processing quota.
Considering all these facts, the administration has officially stated its opposition to IPQs, as reported in the Sacramento Bee, Kodiak Daily Mirror, Anchorage Daily News, and Seattle Times. The administration's proposed language for amending the Magnuson-Stevens Fisheries Conservation and Management Act clearly specifies that processors could own fishing quota, but does not propose a separate quota system divvying up processor quotas.
Editorial boards from at least 12 major newspapers--the Washington Post, Washington Times, Boston Globe, Oregonian, Anchorage Daily News, Los Angeles Times, Honolulu Advertiser, Daily Astorian, Seattle Times, Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Portland Press Herald in Maine, and the Tampa Tribune--have come out against IPQs. Note that these newspapers include the entire west coast--even Alaska and Hawaii.
I ask unanimous consent they be printed in the Record.
Additionally, the conference report would authorize a similar processor quota program for Gulf of Alaska rockfish. Even though IPQ proponents had previously indicated that IPQs are needed for crab only, they are now proposing authorizing such a program for a different Alaskan fishery.
Further, the conference report also would authorize the North Pacific Council to open an area currently closed to fishing, but open it only to the Aleut Corporation, which would also have the exclusive right to process the fish. This new fishery could be worth more than $10 million, yet the proposal has not undergone the proper congressional authorization and oversight process that we demand for other important policy issues.
Obviously this proposal makes fundamental changes to our fisheries policies. This rockfish and pollock language was not requested by the administration nor the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, and it hasn't been reviewed by the authorizing committees. At a minimum, all of these new quota provisions merit thorough review and debate prior to their enactment.
The tacking of fisheries riders onto appropriations bills extends all the way to North Atlantic fisheries as well. Last-minute language was added that would prevent the administration from implementing a groundfish management plan required by the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Not surprisingly, the administration did not request this change, nor has the authorizing committee of jurisdiction held any hearings on this proposal.
In the northeast, fishery managers must comply with a court-ordered implementation date of May 1, 2004, for putting a groundfish management plan into effect, and the administration is now seeking public comment on and finalizing regulations to do this.
Even before we know what the final plan is, the language would prohibit the administration from spending any money to implement this plan. The legislative rider would authorize funding for only a certain set of management rules--which have already been determined by a court to be out of compliance with the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
So, under the language in the omnibus, it would be illegal for the administration to comply with Federal fisheries law as set out in the Magnuson-Stevens Act. If this provision is enacted, there is a real risk that the fishery could be ordered closed by a Federal court.
Again, this significant policy change was not considered by or debated in the Commerce Committee. I am more than willing to discuss ways to redesign the fisheries management council process, along with the rest of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, if indeed, it is as flawed as some seem to think it is. This rider, however, is not the appropriate way to make policy.
Section 626 of the omnibus broadly requires the Secretary of Commerce to ``negotiate or reevaluate, with the consent of the President, international agreements affecting international ocean policy.''
Under 22 U.S.C. Section 2655a, however, international ocean policy issues are currently handled by the State Department's Bureau of Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs, or OES. Several marine resource conservation laws, including the Marine Mammal Protection Act and the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, grant the Secretary of State the authority to
negotiate international agreements on these matters. Clearly, this language conflicts with the Secretary of State's statutory responsibility for carrying out a coherent foreign policy.
When appropriators first proposed such a transfer of responsibility in the FY04 CJS appropriations bill, Secretary Colin Powell explained, ``Such a provision would significantly hamper the Department's ability to address important foreign policy issues (e.g., oceans policy, marine pollution, global overfishing) to which the United States can ill afford to give short shrift.''
Considering the important role that the United States needs to maintain as a leader in the international community on ocean policy matters, I am dismayed that the appropriators would attempt to transfer these powers between government agencies without any public or expert review and debate. This is clearly a matter that needs the full attention of the Commerce and Foreign Relations Committees, and this has not happened.
A provision in the EPA portion of the VA-HUD section of this bill prohibits all States, with the exception of California, from exercising their existing authority under the Clean Air Act to regulate ``non- road'' engines to improve air quality. This language will effectively tie the hands of the State air pollution control agencies by preventing them from addressing the 120 million small engines which are a substantial and growing source of smog and soot pollution nationwide.
This provision was originally put in the VA-HUD bill at the request of a single engine manufacturer, Briggs and Stratton. The company suggested that the provision would save jobs. I find this argument very disingenuous due to the fact that, in its September 2003 filing with the SEC, the company stated, ``Briggs and Stratton does not believe that the CARB staff proposal will have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations . . .''
Our colleague from California, Senator Feinstein, made an effective argument against the language on the Senate floor during consideration of the bill, but she was not permitted to offer an amendment to strike the language. Mr. President, what has come out of the conference may be acceptable to California and to Briggs and Stratton, but it is unacceptable to me and should be unacceptable to almost every Member of this body.
If you have not heard from your State air agency yet, you certainly will soon. In the State of Arizona, for example, the potential emissions impact of these unregulated engines is equivalent to 1.4 million additional cars on the roads. This is almost certain to worsen the smog problem in the city of Phoenix, and I am sure it will be the same in many other cities in the Nation. I have no doubts that with worsening smog will come many more cases of asthma and a litany of other health problems. It is simply outrageous that States will be prohibited from exercising their responsibility to protect public health and the environment because one company was able to secure a special deal in a must-pass spending bill.
I also am very concerned that for the NASA funding portions, that the Joint Explanatory Statement to the conference report contains a list of 144 earmarks that total in excess of $300 million. These earmarks are unauthorized and unrequested by the President. Meanwhile, the international space station has been funded at $200 million below the President's request. This action comes despite news reports that have outlined numerous safety problems aboard the international space station.
The Columbia Accident Investigation Board (CAIB), which was assigned to determine the causes of last February's tragic accident, described the results of congressional earmarking in its August report. According to the CAIB Report:
Pressure on NASA's budget has come not only from the White
House, but also from the Congress. In recent years there has
been an increasing tendency for the Congress to add
``earmarks''--congressional additions to the NASA budget
request that reflect targeted Members' interests. These
earmarks come out of already-appropriated funds, reducing the
amounts available for the original tasks.
I must question whether we have learned anything from the shuttle accident and the CAIB findings. During a Senate Commerce Committee hearing last year, I questioned Admiral Gehman about the effects of the $167 million that was earmarked in fiscal year 2003 appropriations bill. He responded by saying that ``$100 million will buy a lot of safety engineers.'' Maybe we should ask what he thinks should be done with over $300 million worth of earmarks.
Mr. President, I would like to take a few minutes to discuss the importance of fully funding the international space station. Again, the omnibus provides $200 million less than the President's request at a time when serious safety concerns have been raised about the space station. This underfunding could be corrected if we simply eliminated these wasteful earmarks and we'd even have money to spare.
William F. Readdy, the NASA Associate Administrator at the Office of Space Flight, testified before the Commerce Committee that the space station onboard environmental monitoring system which, ``provides very high accuracy information on atmospheric composition and presence of trace elements . . . is not operating at full capacity.'' He also testified that the crew health countermeasures, which include an onboard treadmill and associated resistive exercise devices, were ``operating at various degrees of reduced capacity and needed to be repaired, upgraded or replaced.''
Articles in the Washington Post paint an even more disturbing picture. An October 23, 2003, article describes:
The problems with monitoring environmental conditions
aboard the space station have festered for more than a year,
some NASA medical officials said. Space station astronauts
have shown such symptoms as headaches, dizziness and ``an
inability to think clearly,'' according to a medical officer
who asked not to be named. The onboard sensors designed to
provide real-time analysis of the air, water and radiation
levels have been broken for months, which has made it
impossible to determine at any given time whether there is a
buildup of trace amounts of dangerous chemical compounds that
could sicken astronauts, or worse.
A November 9, 2003, Washington Post article reports that:
A recent NASA study found that the risk of fire aboard the
station has grown because the crew is stowing large
quantities of supplies, equipment and waste in front of or
near 14 portals that would be crucial for detecting and
extinguishing a fire in any of the station's various
compartments. There is also concern that a portion of the
station's water stores supplied by the Russians may have high
levels of carbon tetrachloride, a toxic contaminant.
As far back as March, internal studies warned of a host of
dangers for six separate systems, including the thermal
controls that cool the station's computers and interiors,
that would likely grow out of trying to run the station with
limited supplies and a caretaker crew of two instead of the
normal complement of three.
Before the recent launch of Expedition 8, the Chief of NASA's Habitability and Environmental Factors Office and NASA's Chief of Space Medicine signed a dissent to the ``flight readiness certificate.'' The dissent declared that ``the continued degradation in the environmental monitoring system, exercise countermeasures system, and the health maintenance system, coupled with a planned increment duration of greater than 6 months and extremely limited resupply, all combine to increase the risk to the crew to the point where initiation of [the mission] is not recommended.''
In addition, a December 6, 2003, Washington Post, article states that one of the gyroscopes that control the space station's motion failed, and that another was showing vibrations and spikes in electrical current. NASA will be forced to use Russian thrusters onboard the space station to shift the station's position.
These are very serious issues that cannot be ignored, yet here we are, about to approve more than $300 million for unrequested earmarks while underfunding more pressing needs. How will these cuts to the President's budget request affect the safety of the space station? Are we really willing to take any risks? Mr. President, that this practice continues in the face of legitimate safety concerns is simply unacceptable given the tragedies experienced just last year.
The Statement of Administration Policy opposed this $200 million reduction in the Senate-passed VA-HUD bill, stating that: ``After diligently rebuilding reserves to place the Station on sound financial ground, this reduction
would deplete reserves deemed critical by independent cost estimates and limit the program's ability to address risks in FY 2004, including impacts from the Columbia accident.''
You know, I have to admit I am naive. I thought after the Columbia disaster we would see a reduction in the earmarks. It was an increase.
In addition, I have been informed that this reduction would place at risk actions that NASA is taking to address the Independent Management and Cost Evaluation (IMCE) Task Force recommendations to ensure a ``credible'' ISS Program.
I know there is a lot of excitement about last week's announcement by the President proposing a new agenda for human exploration of the Moon, and eventually Mars. However, let us also note that he reaffirmed the United States commitment to completing the ISS. The Commerce Committee will hold a series of hearings to discuss the proposal, but we will not lose sight of our responsibilities of ensuring the safety of the space shuttle and international space station.
Finally, it is unfortunate that the appropriators, while earmarking hundreds of millions of dollars in NASA, underfunded the Advanced Polarimeter Sensor of the Global Climate Change Research Initiative by $11 million below the President's request--a 47-percent decrease--yet could sure find funds for thousands of earmarks. This reduction would significantly impact the development of the sensor, which is designed to measure methane, tropospheric ozone, aerosols, and black carbon in the atmosphere. The proposed reduction would delay the purchase of ``long-lead'' item purchases, which could potentially delay the launch date of the satellite from 2007 to 2008.
As my colleagues know, the public is greatly concerned about the impacts of climate change on our environment and economy. Although the administration and I have a difference of opinion on the need to take action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, we are in agreement on the need for research in this area. We should not cut this publicly significant research, so that we can simply fund local pork projects.
The bill would appropriate funding for the Advanced Technology Program, ATP, at approximately $152.2 million above the President's request. The language would ignore the President's attempt to rein in a corporate welfare program in a time of skyrocketing Federal deficits and critical national security needs. For example, the most recent ATP awards included a grant to Aqua Bounty Farms, Inc., to ``produce sterile transgenic fish that can be made fertile as needed for reproduction.'' I can assure you that the ATP program was never envisioned to fund the production of sterile transgenic fish.
I also am concerned about funding for the Scientific and Technical Research and Services account of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. This account supports NIST's scientific research, including Nobel Prize winning research on the Bose-Einstein condensates. This account is funded at approximately $43 million beneath the President's request, while the appropriators have continued to earmark activities within this account. I would ask my colleagues to ask themselves if it is more important to fund a spreadsheet engineering initiative at Dartmouth University, or research to help our beleaguered manufacturing sector. Should we fund a wind demonstration project in Texas or research to improve the equipment for our Nation's first responders? In the long run, it will be considered a great tragedy that we have wasted our Nation's scientific potential of meaningless parochial projects.
This reduction is even more disturbing given the reality that NIST will have to lay off many of its scientists and engineers due to lack of funding. Let me remind my colleagues that these are the scientists and engineers that have won two Nobel Prizes for research in the past few years. These layoffs will occur even as we continue to send funding to industry through the ATP program for research that is inconsistent with the program requirements of being ``high risk.'' That does not send the right message to our award winning scientist and engineers of how we value their work.
There is also language that redirects $40 million to the Port of Philadelphia for construction of a cargo terminal that is designed to support ``high-speed military sealift and other military purposes.'' Today, these type of vessels do not even exist, nor are they being championed by the military. They are supported, however, by the private investors and their lobbyists who obviously think it makes sense to place the risk of their venture on the backs of the taxpayers. Let me also mention that the design of these vessels is based on unproven technology. And, in reviews of the proposed vessel technology by the Department of Transportation, it was determined that the project did not qualify for government backed financing. It is ridiculous that despite these facts, this legislative rider will risk wasting $40 million of the taxpayers on a terminal to support a certain type of vessel that may never exist. This is a costly example of putting the cart before the horse.
By the way, we have ample precedent. The Senator from Hawaii, the Senator from Alaska, and the Senator from Mississippi put in loan guarantees for cruise ships to be built in Pascagoula, MS, which cost the taxpayers $273 million in loan guarantees, which I fought against and predicted would fail. Only $273 million. By the way, for those of you who keep up with it, the hulls of these cruise ships in Mississippi have been towed to Europe.
Mr. President, it's time to get serious about what we are doing here. We have a deficit of $500 billion--that's half of a trillion dollars-- the largest ever. Our fiscal future can only be described as bleak. Government watchdog organizations and think tanks, both liberal and conservative, have expressed enormous concern about the level of spending in this bill.
A recent report by the Heritage Foundation states:
Following increases of 13 percent and 12 percent during the
previous two years, 2004 would mark the third consecutive
year of massive discretionary spending growth.
It further notes that:
Altogether, total Federal spending in 2003 topped $20,000
per household [I am glad we don't divide that up by States]
for the first time since World War II and is set to grow
another $1,000 per household in 2004.
According to a joint statement issued by the Committee for Economic Development of the Concord Coalition Center on Budget and Policy Priorities:
Without a change in current fiscal policies, the Federal
Government can expect to run a cumulative deficit of $5
trillion over the next 10 years.
These numbers are shameful and frightening.
Another astonishing part of this report states:
After the baby boom generation starts to retire in 2008,
the combination of demographic pressures and rising health
care costs will result in the cost of Medicare and Medicaid
and Social Security growing faster than the economy. We
project that by the time today's newborn reaches 40 years of
age, the cost of these three programs, as a percentage of the
economy, will more than double from 8.5 percent of the GDP to
over 17 percent.
I urge my colleagues to read this joint statement.
The Congressional Budget Office has issued warnings about the dangers that lie ahead if we continue to spend in this manner. In a report issued last month, CBO stated:
Because of rising health care costs in an aging population,
spending on entitlement programs, especially Medicaid,
Medicare, and Social Security, will claim a sharply
increasing share of the Nation's economic output over the
coming decades. Unless taxation reaches levels that are
unprecedented in the United States, current spending policies
will probably be financially unsustainable over the next 50
years. An ever-growing burden of Federal debt held by the
public would have a corrosive effect on the economy.
That is from the Congressional Budget Office, not from any liberal or conservative think tank, as much as I value those.
Additionally, CBO projected a 10-year deficit of $4.4 trillion.
The Wall Street Journal recently reported, according to an International Monetary Fund report:
If cumulative budget deficits rise by 15 percent of gross
domestic product, as the Congressional Budget Office expects,
world interest rates would be pushed up by one-half to 1
percentage point over 10 years.
We are paying a price overseas for our reckless spending. The U.S. dollar is tumbling, and it is a result of our fiscal indiscipline and our enormous deficit. Foreign countries are losing confidence in the dollar. To underscore the
point, today the dollar stands at a 7-year low, worth 80 cents against the Euro, a 40-percent drop in under 4 years.
In his State of the Union Address last night, the President called on us to act as good stewards of taxpayers' dollars. My response to the President: Mr. President of the United States, you also must be a steward of taxpayers' dollars. Veto this bill. Veto this bill, Mr. President of the United States, and demand this pork be removed--this $11 billion in pork be removed--and send a message that it is not business as usual anymore in the Senate. We cannot do this to our children and our grandchildren. We cannot do this to them.
Sooner or later, we are going to have to make some choices around here. We are going to have to make some choices between our children's and our grandchildren's futures and having some kind of fiscal sanity and plan for the future. We cannot continue the practices of the Senate. We need to have a point of order that any unauthorized appropriation and any policy change is subject to a specific point of order, not one that brings down the whole bill, but one that brings down that provision.
I could bring a point of order against this bill, and it would lose by 99 to 1 because it brings the whole bill down. We should have the right to object, and object vociferously, to North Pole, AK, getting $200,000. We should be able to object to the brown tree snake in Alaska in which we have invested I have no idea how many tens of millions of dollars. I think Alaska and Hawaii should pay for their own statehood celebrations. We in Arizona do.
If I sound like I am angry and upset, it is because the people I represent are angry and upset. The people I talked with in my State, who I have been privileged to represent for a long period of time, are deeply disturbed. They know what is going on. They know their kids are not going to ever receive Social Security benefits as present retirees are today. They know we just laid a multitrillion-dollar debt on them in the form of a Medicare prescription drug bill, and they figured it out. By the way, the overwhelming majority, the last poll I saw, 58 to 42, don't like this prescription drug bill which no senior I know can understand, and I don't blame them because I don't understand it either.
If I sound as if I am not happy and perhaps given to flights of rhetoric, which I am from time to time, it is because my constituents are demanding that we change this system. The appropriators have become all power in this body. That is not appropriate. We need to change the rules, and we need to change the way we do business.
Last year, we stood here with an Omnibus appropriations bill. This year we stand here with an Omnibus appropriations bill. I was pleased we did not cut off debate until I heard: We are just doing this for labor, but it will pass. We are just going to do this for labor once.
How stupid is labor? If I were a labor leader, I would say: Either vote it down or vote it up, but don't throw me some kind of 4-day delay.
I understand labor just took some significant setbacks. They are about to take another one.
Mr. President, I will continue to fight. I will continue to see if we can't stop funding the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and get our thrills on Blueberry Hill, the wild turkey, and all of the other turkeys that have become part and parcel of this thousand-page piece of pork.
I thank my colleagues for their indulgence. We will be hearing about this issue for a long time to come because the American people demand we address it.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, let me begin with a brief opening statement about why we are here and what brings us to this point. My colleague from Arizona, who will speak in opposition to this resolution of…
Mr. President, let me begin with a brief opening statement about why we are here and what brings us to this point. My colleague from Arizona, who will speak in opposition to this resolution of disapproval, is here to make a presentation and my colleague with whom I have worked on this resolution of disapproval, Senator Lott from Mississippi, is here and will make a statement. I believe others will arrive as well.
Let me describe what we are doing. There is a provision in Federal law that allows the Congress to effectively veto a rule offered by a Federal agency under certain circumstances. This is called the Congressional Review Act. I call it a legislative veto. It is rarely used. In fact, this is only the second occasion on which it will be used. It requires 35 signatures of Senators to discharge a proposition from a committee and bring it to the Senate floor, with 10 hours of debate. Following the 10 hours of debate, there is then a vote on the resolution of disapproval.
The specific rule that brings us to the floor today with a resolution of disapproval is a rule by the Federal Communications Commission dealing with broadcast ownership rules. This is an issue that is controversial. It is highly charged and very significant. Some
Members believe very strongly that what the Federal Communications Commission has done is horribly wrong for the interests of this country.
I said at the Commerce Committee when we discussed this, especially in the aftermath of the FCC making and announcing its rules, never have I seen a Federal agency that is supposed to be a regulatory agency cave in so quickly and so completely to the large economic interests. That is exactly what I think has happened. It has happened at the expense of the public interest.
The foundation of our democracy is information. The free flow of information is what nourishes and refreshes this democracy of ours. When what the American people see, hear, and read is controlled by fewer and fewer interests, in my judgment, it is detrimental to this government and to our country.
The ruling by the Federal Communications Commission says, among other things, this will be just fine in the future; in America's largest cities, one single company can own the dominant newspaper, the dominant television station, and two other television stations, eight radio stations, and the cable company in that same town. It is just fine. And they can do it in that town and another town and another town and another town, and that is just fine, according to the FCC rule.
Pardon my expression, but I think that is absolutely nuts. It is not fine--not fine with me, not fine with a good many of my colleagues. What we design to do is to pass a resolution of disapproval in the Senate to say to the Federal Communications Commission: Do it over, and do it right.
The Federal Communications Commission held only one public hearing before embarking on the largest rule change in the history of this country with respect to ownership of broadcast properties. Having held only one hearing, they then said: Well, let's do this Katie-bar-the- door approach to allowing the additional concentration and this new orgy of mergers that almost certainly will occur as a result of this rule. They said: Let's allow newspapers to own television stations in the same town, have the same television stations and radio stations marry up.
We know what has happened since the 1996 act. Ownership rules have changed; we have seen galloping concentrations. One company in this country now owns nearly 1,300 radio stations. In one city in North Dakota, we have eight radio stations. One of them is a religious station, one is a public broadcast station, and six are commercial stations. All six are owned by the same company.
I ask my colleagues, does anyone think there is a public outcry in this country for the need to have more concentration in broadcast ownership? Has anyone heard that public outcry? I have not.
The airwaves in this country belong to the American people. They do not belong to the broadcast companies. They do not belong to a television or radio company. They belong to the American people. We license them for use by companies that want to send a television or radio signal and we say that, attendant to that use, you have certain responsibilities and obligations: Competition, diversity, and localism.
What does localism mean? It means we anticipate that when you have a property to broadcast radio or television signals in your local community, you have a responsibility to that community to broadcast some of those local basketball games, talk to the people in the community about the local charity event this weekend, tell them about what is happening on Main Street. That is localism.
What do we have these days? All too often we have the concentration that has developed in all broadcast media. Now we have something instead of localism; it is called voice tracking.
Do you know what voice tracking is? With this massive amount of mergers, with one company owning many stations, voice tracking is that which occurs when you drive down the street in Salt Lake City, UT, and turn on your dial on the radio station and hear someone saying, ``It is sunny out here in Salt Lake City this morning,'' and that person may be in a basement in Baltimore, MD, broadcasting from a broadcast booth. Do you know what that is called? Voice tracking; ripping a sheet off the printer from the Internet that shows the sun is shining in Salt Lake City so they can pretend they are broadcasting from Salt Lake City, UT, from a Salt Lake City station, when in fact they are not 1,000 miles near Salt Lake City, they are halfway across the country pretending there is some local element to that radio station.
That is not moving in the public interest.
As we engage in this debate, I want someone to tell me that localism is old fashioned. I want someone to tell me that what I consider to be a transcendent truth about the value of requiring localism in exchange for being able to use the airwaves with a radio or television license is somehow an old-fashioned value. For me, it is not.
There is so much to say about all of this, and I will speak at great length, but I have a chart that shows where we are with respect to these broadcast properties these days. I will not attempt to tell you about all of this, but the News Corporation, of course, is Fox and Rupert Murdoch; Clear Channel; Viacom; Disney; AOL/Time Warner. Let me use Disney as an example: Ten television stations, including in New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, San Francisco, Houston, Raleigh, Fresno, Flint, Toledo; 53 radio stations. The ABC Network, Disney Channel, ESPN, A&E, SoapNet, History Channel, Lifetime, Disney Pictures, Touchstone, Hollywood, Caravan, Miramax. It goes on and on and on.
People say: What is the big deal here? We have so many more outlets in which you can get information. We now have the Internet. We didn't used to have that. You have so many different outlets. Do you know something. Go to your cable system and find out who owns the major channels. The same people. Go to the Internet and find out who owns the top sites on the Internet. The same people.
So you have many different voices; yes, from the same ventriloquist. Many voices, one ventriloquist or two or three or four--at least fewer ventriloquists in terms of what the American people see, hear, and read.
I do not accuse the Federal Communications Commission of bad faith. I happen to like the Federal Communications Commissioners. I believe I know all of them personally. The chairman is someone I have had lunch with a couple times. I like him a lot. I just think they have made a horrible mistake, and I think they did it without the due diligence that is required of those in a regulatory commission position.
We expect them to be the referees of sorts. We expect them to wear the striped shirts with the whistles that say: We are here to call the fouls. We are here on behalf of the public interest to call the game. The fact is, this regulatory agency did exactly what the big economic interests and the broadcasting industry wanted. And they did it cleanly and quickly, with minimum nuisance of public participation. There was only one hearing in Richmond, VA.
Well, they did get three-quarters of a million pieces of mail and communications over the Internet saying: Don't do this. It is against the public interest. But it did not matter to the FCC. They did it anyway.
As a result, I hope this Senate will send a message to the Federal Communications Commission: This rule is a bad rule. This rule opens the gates to massive additional concentration, mergers, and acquisition to fewer and fewer companies owning more and more properties, at least in the circumstance with respect to broadcasts and newspapers. And, by the way, they also eliminate the ban on cross ownership. At least in this circumstance, we don't think it is in the public interest. That is what I hope the Senate will tell the Federal Communications Commission today.
By this vote, it will be the first step--a big step--in a process of saying to the Federal Communications Commission: We in Congress veto this rule. You must go back and do it again. Do it over and do it right.
Mr. President, I have a lot to say today, and I know my colleagues do as well. But I think in the interest of time, having described why we are here, and the origin of this effort, I will yield the floor. My colleagues from Arizona and Mississippi want to make presentations, following which I will again then amplify my remarks.
I yield the floor.
I yield such time as he may consume to the Senator from Colorado.
Mr. President, I yield myself such time as I may consume.
Mr. President, let me begin with a chart that I had used previously. There is the suggestion that somehow concentration is not of any significant interest and, gosh, there is nothing wrong. This is all localism and mom-and-pop operations. I used this chart before. I mentioned Disney.
Let me just say that although I picked Disney out, I happen to like Disney. Disney has given me some of the more rewarding moments of my life when I was young. Disney is a great company. But it is a very large company doing a lot of things.
Let me go to News Corp: 22 TV stations including duopolies in New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Dallas, Washington, Minnesota, Houston, Orlando, Phoenix. They have newspapers: the New York Post, the Times, the Sun. They have books: Harper Collins, Regan Books, Amistad Books, William Morrow & Co. They have sports teams: the Los Angeles Dodgers, the Los Angeles Kings.
I could go through all of this and describe the largest media companies, and you would see these are significant concentrations, dramatic concentrations in broadcast ownership, newspapers. And I don't know. Maybe some say it doesn't matter much.
I think it does matter. Let me describe at least one part of why it matters. The issue of localism, by which we say you may use the airwaves--they belong to the American people, but you
and your radio or television company may use these airwaves--not own them, but use them--in exchange for certain requirements. One of them is localism. That means you have to serve local interests.
The question is, how do you serve local interests from a thousand miles away, where you create some homogenized music and run it through a board and play it though your radio or TV operation in that hometown. Earlier, I described voice tracking. Someone may be driving down the road in Salt Lake City listening to the radio station, and the announcer, with a sonorous voice, says, ``Good morning, the sun is shining here in Salt Lake City; what a wonderful day to wake up and be in America.'' You would think, what a great resident to have broadcasting for our radio station.
The problem is, that person isn't in Salt Lake City; he is in a basement in Baltimore, MD, in a studio, ripping off a printer something that came from the Internet that says it is sunny in Salt Lake City. It is called voice tracking--pretending there is a local announcer on that radio station. That is going on all over the country now.
There is something called central casting on television. You can turn on two television stations in two cities and see the same television personality giving the news--homogenized regional news, because they cannot quite do it locally. They are trying to convince people this is a local news person. Let's pretend there is localism. That is what it is all about.
When you have these concentrations of ownership, this orgy of mergers that has occurred in recent years in both radio and television, it hurts there isn't much localism. We have had testimony before the Commerce Committee by a man who runs a pretty substantial television station. He said:
I can't decide that my viewers don't want to watch a piece
of trash that will come down from the network. Even though it
is awful stuff they say you have to run it.
Here is an interesting letter. It is dated July 25, 2003, by a television station in Kansas City, Missouri, to someone who complained to them:
We received your letter dated June 30, 2003, regarding the
content of [a certain show] that aired on [this date].
We forwarded your letter to the . . . Network. The Network,
not [our station], decides what shows go on the air for [this
network-owned station].
So it says that they don't decide what goes on the air in Kansas City. You can complain to us, but we don't decide. The network does. Is there localism involved in that?
One of my colleagues, on the floor of the Senate a number of years ago, when we were debating all of this, said something interesting. I decided to pull it out and read it today because it relates to this issue of localism. Should we care about whether someone in Bismarck, ND, or Chattanooga, TN, has an opportunity to decide this is not a program that meets our standards? Or should we say, look, let the networks decide, and whatever they decide to produce in New York or Hollywood is going to be shown in Bismarck, ND, or Chattanooga, TN, and it doesn't matter what the local folks think. My colleague, Senator Sam Nunn, in 1995, when we were debating this prior to the 1996 act, talked about violence on television, what was on television. He said:
To follow up on this issue, one member of my staff voluntarily conducted an unscientific survey of the topics on daytime talk shows. Every hour or so, he would scan the television on his desk and see what the day's topics were for the daytime talk shows.
The reason I point this out is this:
The first day, one show was called ``Stop Pretending To Be
a Girl'' and featured young boys whose parents were upset
that their sons dressed and acted like a girl. Another show
offered a show entitled ``Boys Who Only Have Sex With
Virgins.'' Yet another show offered a girl dumping her
boyfriend on national television and asking her new
``significant other,'' another girl, to commit to her.
He said:
Mr. President, I thought that surely the next day's shows
would pale in comparison to these. I was wrong. Subsequent
days' reviews of these shows found titles such as ``One-Night
Stand Reunions.'' Another show was entitled ``I Am Ready to
Have Sex With You Right Now.'' And another show was called
``I Cheat and Am Proud Of It. One show featured a woman who
chose to tell her fiance on national television that she
cheated on him with her sister's boyfriend . . .
It goes on and on. He said:
Perhaps the most appropriately titled show of all was the
one entitled ``You Look Like a Freak.''
Localism. Trash on television. Should someone who owns a television station in Tennessee have the ability to say, you know, what you are sending us in this time period is a show I don't think represents any kind of standard that makes sense for us. The answer is that too often the station are not allowed do that because someone else calls the shots, not the local folks.
When you have this concentration, local standards no longer matter. Will there be more concentration as a result of what the FCC has done with its rules? Of course. In fact, I will read a letter written by W.B. Grimes & Company that was written before the FCC even ruled. They wrote it to the publisher of a newspaper in Seattle:
As you know, the FCC is considering elimination of the ban
on cross-ownership of media properties within a daily
newspaper publisher's given markets.
They can then buy the television station in the same market.
It says:
In anticipation of that ruling, several newspaper groups
are already forging alliances and cutting handshake
agreements with both radio and television broadcasters in
their markets. If you are considering broadcast acquisitions
to bolster your market presence, we believe the time to act
is now.
We would like to be your broker.
This was before the FCC acted. Most people thought the FCC was going to do what the big interests wanted them to do. Here is a broker saying, let us get involved so we can help you buy television stations. Once again, more and more concentration.
I will talk about some of the voices opposed to this. Some of my colleagues talked about this. William Safire, a very conservative columnist, who worked for President Richard Nixon as a speech writer, and for the New York Times for many years, said:
The overwhelming amount of news and entertainment comes via
broadcast and print. Putting these outlets in fewer and
bigger hands profits the few at the cost of the many. Does
that sound unconservative? Not to me. The concentration of
power--political, corporate, media, and cultural--should be
anathema to conservatives. The diffusion of power through
local control, thereby encouraging individual participation,
is the essence of federalism and the greatest expression of
democracy.
U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops:
Without diversity of ownership, our meaningful alternatives
to syndicated shows and info-mercials, and public affairs
programs, are in jeopardy.
NRA's executive VP Wayne LaPierre said:
Most cities have only one major newspaper to begin with.
Add ownership of the dominant local TV station, the top AM
and FM bands and the local cable TV provider. Then do the
same thing in 20 or 50 cities, and you see how a
multibillion-dollar corporation corners the market in the
marketplace of ideas.
Minority or unpopular causes--think of women's suffrage in
1914, or civil rights in 1954--would be downplayed or
dismissed to keep viewers watching and advertisers buying.
That's no way to run a democracy.
That is the executive vice president of the National Rifle Association. That is not a liberal organization.
Walter Cronkite:
The gathering of more and more outlets under one owner
clearly can be an impediment to a free and independent press.
I could go on and on.
Parents Television Council:
Almost 80 percent of families rely on their hometown papers
and TV for local information. People can't turn to a national
news network over the Internet. They provide one-size-fits-
all programming, controlled from an office hundreds, perhaps
thousands, of miles from your town.
Barry Diller, former head of Universal Studios, who has acquired a rather substantial enterprise in information:
The big, bad truth is--and I don't think it is given enough
importance--the big four networks have in fact reconstituted
themselves into the oligopoly that the FCC originally set out
to curb back in the 1960s. They may have controlled 90
percent of what people saw, but they operated with a sense of
public responsibility that simply doesn't exist for these
vertically integrated media conglomerates, driven only to fit
their next piece in the puzzle of world dominance.
Let me speak for a few moments about my colleague, Senator McCain, someone for whom I have great respect.
He gave a statement and I told him I was certainly not going to be supportive of his contention that anything we are doing here or any reason to come to the floor of the Senate on this issue has to do with the 1996 Telecommunications Act. That was his contention. Nothing could be further from the truth, in my judgment. I just disagree with that.
In 1996, when we rewrote the Telecommunications Act, beginning in 1995, we addressed these very issues. I offered an amendment on the floor of the Senate in 1995 to S. 652 during debate on the Telecommunications Act--an amendment by Senator Dorgan of North Dakota: To strike the provisions of the bill that would allow television networks and other chains to own no more than 35 percent of the Nation's households and take it back to 25 percent.
We had a vote on that amendment. Guess what. I won the vote by three votes. Senator Dole was standing at that chair--at that point he was majority leader--and Senator D'Amato from New York was at the desk in the back. I won the vote by three votes, to roll back the 35 percent, which was in the telecommunications bill, to say: You can't own more than 25 percent of the reach in this country when you own television stations.
Guess what happened? Dinner intervened. The worst thing in the world around here is dinner because over dinner--we call it supper back in my hometown--over that period when you eat your evening meal, although I had won by three votes at 4 in the afternoon, three of my colleagues had some sort of epiphany over their main course, apparently. Senator D'Amato came back and asked for reconsideration, and he and Senator Dole decided to overturn the vote by which I had won at 4 o'clock that would have prevented the 35 percent and gone back to 25 percent. They changed three votes. We came back 3 hours later and I lost. So I won for 3 hours.
My colleague--incidentally, Senator McCain made the point I voted for the 1996 Telecommunications Act, which I did, to be sure--my colleague Senator McCain voted against my amendment that would have rolled back the 35 percent back to 25 percent.
I was fighting then to stop this gross concentration that is going on in the broadcast industry, and I won for 3 hours. Then I forgot, when you get people out of this Chamber and get arms twisted, you can have a re-vote and several people will apparently come here with a different mind-set. Winning is temporary in those circumstances, and it certainly was that day.
This is a situation I understood then exactly what was going to happen, and it has happened wholesale. I mentioned earlier we have one company that has well over 1,200 radio stations in this country. The same is happening in television and happening very quickly.
With newspapers, this new FCC rule says: Oh, by the way, in addition to allowing more concentration in radio and television, let's let the newspapers own the television stations and more radio stations in the same marketplace. I was taught long ago never argue with anybody who buys ink by the barrel. I guess I never quite understood that lesson.
Here we take on the American Newspaper Association and the publishers, and they are lobbying furiously because they are opposed to what we are doing. They want to be able to buy television stations in the same city.
I said the extension of what the FCC is going to allow to happen as a result of their rule is this: That in the largest American cities one company will now be able to own the dominant newspaper, the dominant television station, two other television stations, eight radio stations, and the cable company, and they can do that in city after city. If you think that is in the public interest, then I say look up the term ``public interest'' in the dictionary or understand the public interest in the context of what we ask of radio and television stations, of what we need for the free flow of information in our democracy. It is not in the public interest.
I seldom ever come to the floor to say ``I told you so,'' but it is almost too tempting to avoid at this moment. In 1995, following what happened on the floor of the Senate when I was attempting to stop this orgy of mergers that was going to occur, when I won a vote for 3 hours and then lost because my colleagues left to have something to eat, this is what I said:
If these changes are enacted, the media industry in this
country will be controlled by a handful of conglomerates in
the future. The long-held principles of localism and
diversity will suffer.
I said that on June 15, 1995, when I was fighting then for the same principle I fight for today, and that is to stop the massive concentration. What the American people see, hear, and read will increasingly be controlled by a very few voices. That is not in the interest of this country.
I have more to say. I believe the Senator from Virginia wishes to speak either perhaps strongly supporting this resolution or maybe he will oppose it. Perhaps the latter. What I would like to do is allow him to speak, and I understand the Senator from New Hampshire is also going to be on the floor. I am going to make some concluding remarks this afternoon.
I yield the floor so the Senator from Virginia can make his presentation.
Mr. President, this has been an interesting discussion on the floor of the Senate today on an issue that I think is very important and one that will affect the life of every American citizen. It is complicated and difficult to understand. In some circumstances, it deals with cases of law in Federal court, ideals with arcane rules, and the history of the Federal Communications Commission with respect to broadcast ownership. So it has all of those aspects.
I respect the fact there are those who feel strongly on the other side of the issue. I believe very strongly, of course, that the Federal Communications Commission has created a set of rules that will benefit the largest corporate interests in this country in broadcasting. I think they will, however, be a significant detriment to the American people.
I was sitting here thinking about the issue of radio and television. Of course, we have not had radio and television in the lives of humankind for very long. It is a relatively recent phenomenon. And I was thinking of the statement that was attributed once to David Sarnoff. I don't know for sure that it was his. But he was asked to comment about the advent of the radio when he was presented with this new invention, and he said: ``The wireless music box--which he called it--has no imaginable commercial value. Who would pay for a message sent to nobody in particular?''
That was his vision of radio. But, of course, radio has become a very significant feature in our lives, and television as well.
Television is a central part of the lives of many Americans. I am told that when children go to school in this country, by the time they are a senior in high school and graduate from school, they have spent somewhere around 12,500 hours sitting in a classroom in our schools and around 20,000
hours in front of the television set. It tells you a little something about the importance of television in the lives of at least children.
Let me respond to just a couple of the thoughts that have been expressed by my colleagues. My two colleagues who just spoke are on the Commerce Committee, and on the Commerce Committee they supported the FCC and believe these rules are appropriate. They indicated, for example, that in many ways these rules are for the purpose of protecting--they don't use the term ``mom and pop,'' but let me use it--this is really for mom and pop television stations--you know, the little guy. It is helping the little television station out there that you know is going to go by the wayside if we don't let the big guys buy them up, I guess is the contention.
In fact, Commissioner Powell has an op-ed piece in the Wall Street Journal today. He begins his Wall Street Journal op-ed piece by saying: ``The days of free television may be numbered.''
That is Commissioner Powell in today's Wall Street Journal. And he uses the title ``And That's the Way It Is.'' I guess that suggests Walter Cronkite, who actually opposes what Commissioner Powell is doing. ``And That's the Way It Is.''
The days of free television may be numbered.
Interesting. This rule is nothing about free television. It certainly is nothing about mom and pop. It is nothing about saving small television stations. Its point is that we are in the midst of a lot of change that has a dramatic impact and the only way the television industry can make it is to allow this concentration.
Well, perhaps we could just separate some fact from fiction. There is no evidence anywhere that the television industry or television stations or mom and pop stations are in any kind of financial trouble. We have a substantial amount of evidence, in fact, that that is not the case.
Let me quote Barry Diller, who is a giant in this industry. He recently said: ``Anybody who thinks the networks are in trouble hasn't read the profit statements of those companies. The only way you can lose money in broadcasting is if somebody steals it from you.'' That is Barry Diller.
The Wall Street Journal reports that:
Fox's president for sales said, ``We all knew that it was going to be big, it just turned out to be the biggest year that we had ever had.'' The chairman of Fox Entertainment noted that Fox will generate significantly more revenue this year than in its previous 17 years, with revenue growth up more than 20%.
So free television in financial trouble? I don't think so. It is interesting to hear this discussion, that somehow the rule the FCC has developed--that is really just a high dive on behalf of the largest corporate interests--is being done in order to save the little guy. I have heard a lot of things on the floor of the Senate but never anything quite as entertaining as that. But it is so far from fact that it is almost hard to respond to.
The FCC, we are told, in another argument, did what the court said it had to do. The court said: The rules you have on broadcast ownership cannot be justified. You must change them.
That is not what the court said. I have what the court said in my hand. The court said: ``It is entirely possible that the Commission will be able to justify a decision to retain the cap.'' It just said that in the response the FCC provided, it did not provide the justification. It did not say: Go change the rule and give the largest corporate interests everything they want. It said: Justify it.
The FCC did not even appeal the court's ruling, and now has not tried to justify it. It just said: Well, apparently the court said we must cave in here and decide that there is a kind of ``Katie bar the door'' limit, and we will do what the big interests want.
Again, this is a regulatory agency that ought to be concerned about the public interest but, in my judgment, with respect to these rules, is not concerned much about the public interest.
My colleagues say: This is all about the market system and the Constitution. The first amendment says you have the right of free speech and the right to buy what you want to buy. One of my colleagues talked about being able to acquire property you want to acquire.
That is not an inalienable right in this country. We have things such as antitrust. We have laws dealing with antitrust. When somebody wants to steal from you by creating a cartel and jacking up the price, that is called stealing. It violates the law, and we put people in jail for it. So you do not have an absolute right to do whatever you want in the marketplace.
We have had some experience with this over time. The most recent experience, of course, is the Enron Corporation. And I suppose some of those Enron folks are going to get 2 years of hard tennis at some minimum-security institution some place.
Some of them are still waiting to see if indictments and charges will come. Hundreds of millions of dollars were bilked from people because of concentration in the marketplace monopoly, pricing, and so forth.
Look, the point is this: If, in this circumstance, what people see, read, and think is controlled by fewer and fewer interests, it is, in my judgment, detrimental to the democratic way of life and system of government that we have because the foundation of this system of government is the free flow of information.
Now, if somebody decided tomorrow, look, we are going to buy up all the hamburger stands in America, and instead of driving down the street and seeing a McDonald's or a Burger King or a Wendy's, one company decides we want all the hamburger stands in our name. We just want to call all those hamburger stands ``The World's Best Burger Stands,'' and we are going to buy them all. That would be awful, would it not? It would not affect our lives very much. We might have indigestion once in a while, and there would be no variety. Somebody would probably say it violates the antitrust laws for a company to own them all, but I wouldn't have an apoplectic seizure on the Senate floor because I don't stop at those stands much.
But what about instead of hamburger stands, we talk about information? Information is what makes a democracy work. What about the control of information in fewer and fewer and fewer hands? Is that something we should be concerned about? Yes, of course. That is something that is important. They say, well, but the market system should make this judgment. Look, that market system is wonderful; it is a great thing.
I used to teach economics briefly. I taught about the market system. I love the market system. It is a wonderful allocator of goods and services. But it is not perfect. That is why we have regulators and regulations. Under the market system--Judge Judy, that woman on television with an attitude, gets $25 million a year. Good for her. That is the market system. Judge Rehnquist, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, gets $180,000 a year. That is the market system.
A shortstop for a Texas baseball team makes the same amount of money in a year as 1,000 elementary school teachers. Good for him. Is that a market system judgment that you think makes sense? I don't. But that is the market system.
The market system is not perfect. In circumstances where you are dealing with ideas, and the free flow of information in a democracy, we need to be concerned about making certain that we don't have fewer and fewer people, fewer companies or institutions, determining what we see, read, and hear in this, the greatest democracy on Earth. That is what this is about.
I mentioned earlier that there are some trashy things in the media. I talked about the television programs that my colleague, Senator Nunn, talked about on the floor of the Senate. I could have updated it and used the same things for this year or last year. I should hasten to say, however, there are also some wonderful things. I don't want to just tarnish an industry. I think there are wonderful things, gripping things, things with such incredible, utter beauty that you can hardly describe them, on television and on the radio. It is really quite remarkable.
Some of the things that we are able to see and experience are great. I don't want anybody to think that I am somebody who doesn't watch television, doesn't appreciate television, or radio. I just want there to be some vibrancy with respect to the use of the airwaves,
which belong to the American people and are licensed to companies. I want there to be vibrancy with respect to serving the local communities they serve. The reason we license a radio station in a community is to be responsive to local needs and interests in that community. It doesn't attach at all when properties are purchased by companies that only want to run homogenized music from a thousand miles away. They are selling advertising and making profits, but they don't do anything with respect to the localism requirements in those local communities. That bothers me.
I offered this amendment with my colleagues, Republicans and Democrats. This isn't a partisan or political issue in any way. Senator Lott from Mississippi and I, and many others, including Senator Kay Bailey Hutchison and others, have been very concerned about what is going on with respect to concentration in the media. This battle that has shaped up in the FCC to write a new rule is a battle between the public interest and the special interests.
Frankly, the special interests won everything. They won the whole pot. By that, I mean it was put in the middle of the table and they turned over a card and the FCC said: You win, big interests; you get it all.
We have a procedure called the Congressional Review Act by which we can, as the Senate, vote on whether we want to disapprove this rule. I want the Senate to decide that now in this time we will say to the FCC that we disapprove of that rule. That rule is not in the public's interest. That rule is not what we expect this regulatory agency to do on behalf of the American people.
I mentioned earlier, I come from a very small town. We didn't have a radio or television station. I come from a town of 350 people in a southwestern corner of a sparsely populated State. North Dakota is a wonderful place, but we have 640,000 people spread out in a landmass the size of 10 Massachusettes. The nearest television station to where I grew up was 125 miles away. The first television in our little town was at a place called the Regent Garage. The people in town--at night, especially, because that is when you can catch disparate signals being broadcast--would gather at the Regent Garage. With this one television set--the only one in our town, they would all peer into that set and see this grainy, snowy vision coming from Bismarck, ND, 125 miles away.
Occasionally, there would be some sort of a skip and they would pick up professional wrestling from West Virginia, or a strange program from way out East. The people in my hometown thought it was just incredible. The people began to get television sets. It wasn't just the Regent Garage; they got sets in their homes. So it has gone for some 60 years.
There wasn't any question years ago about localism. When stations were developed, one developed closer to my hometown. It is still the closest television station now. It was 60 miles away--KDIX television in Dickinson. As television stations developed, they were locally owned. The only way they got a television station in Dickinson is folks in the region put in money. They asked people to contribute $100. So my dad contributed $100. He was one of a lot of people who contributed to building a television station in Dickinson, ND. So we had localism, local ownership.
But that has changed dramatically. The question is, Do we want it to change more? Do we want most of our properties in broadcast radio and television to be owned from a thousand miles away? Do we want, in most of our big cities, the dominant newspaper to own the dominant television station? Do we want, in most big cities, to have one company own three television stations, eight radio stations, the dominant newspaper, and the cable system? Does anybody think that will benefit the consumers of this country? The answer ought to be no to those questions.
That is not what we want or expect from the FCC. It is not the direction that we anticipated when we created the 1996 Telecommunications Act.
Mr. President, there is a lot to say. I want to correct one other thing with regards to the discussion about the quality of programming. Somebody talked about the quality of programming and said network-owned stations, where you have one big owner, you get higher quality programming from those folks because they have the money and they are big shots and they have it all going. They are producing great things.
Well, here is something I think is interesting. Two organizations, NASA (Network Affiliated Stations Alliance) and the National Association of Broadcasters (NAB), were highly critical of a study that the FCC did on the quality of news programming between affiliates and network-owned stations. While the original study indicated that network-owned stations did better than affiliates because they won more awards, NASA and NAB demonstrated that the conclusion was untrue once the study was adjusted to take market size into account. After controlling for market size the data showed that independent affiliates outperformed network-owned stations on all measures of news quality. Affiliates win substantially more Dupont awards and substantially more Peabody awards. In addition, the Project for Excellence in Journalism study showed that affiliates are superior to network-owned stations in terms of news quality. I think that is important.
Finally, it is also important in the context of what kind of program is going to come into your community. Is it going to be programming that someone in your community can decide they do not want? We see the programming these days on some of the national shows. It is almost embarrassing to read the names of the programming, and yet if you tune in some evening, when your television set comes on you will see someone standing in front of a bowl of maggots and they are beginning to eat this bowl of maggots. I forget the name, ``Fear Factor''--it is one of those shows. I have only seen it momentarily.
When I saw somebody trying to eat a bowl of maggots, I thought: It is a good thing there is an off button on the television set. Maybe there ought to be an off button with the person who owns the local broadcasting company saying: I happen to think that is not the program I want to sell in Tallahassee, FL, or Chattanooga, TN. What I would like to do is put on an alternative program that I think is better than someone eating maggots.
You know what. They cannot do that. I described earlier letters from local stations who say: We can't do that. So the more stations you get under this umbrella, under single ownership, the less opportunity anybody anywhere at any time will have to say: I don't happen to like that program. You might have put it together in the recesses of a closet in Hollywood someplace where you thought it was wonderful, but back in our hometown, we think it is trashy. I don't want to play it. I want to play something that more reflects the values of our hometown.
They cannot change it. If you want more of that, if you want to move more in that direction, then you ought to vote to sustain the FCC. Like a cheerleader, shake some pom-poms, jump up in the air and say: We really like what you do; bigger is better. Katie bar the door, let them have anything. Let's have one big company give us a crooked smile every morning and say: We are for America, and we decide what you ought to see, what you ought to hear, and what you ought to read from Sunday to Saturday. Don't like it? Tough luck, we own it all.
If that is your philosophy, then you need to vote for this resolution of disapproval. But if you believe in enterprise, in local control, in owning up to the responsibility we have given those who own local stations, if you believe in that, then you ought to vote for this resolution of disapproval.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
I thank the very distinguished Democratic whip for his gracious comments. He has been an inspiration to me. I once served as the majority whip in the Senate. I counted myself a good whip, but…
I thank the very distinguished Democratic whip for his gracious comments. He has been an inspiration to me. I once served as the majority whip in the Senate. I counted myself a good whip, but remember those lines: You are a better man than I am, Gunga Din.
Well, this whip from Nevada is the best whip that I can recall in my long service in this Senate, and I am a former whip.
The distinguished Senator from Nevada mentioned ball games. No ball game ever changed the course of history. With all due respect to those who like football, basketball, and baseball--and I like them, too. I used to enjoy playing baseball in the sandlot back in the days when Babe Ruth and Lou Gehrig were in that great murderous lineup, the New York Yankees. I can remember September 1927 when the sultan of swat, Babe Ruth, broke the record with 60 home runs that year.
The Senator's mention of the line-item veto is of interest. I was right in what I had to say about the line-item veto. I know certain Senators whom I personally asked to vote against that line-item veto, and they did not. They did not heed my admonishments, but the Supreme Court of the United States called that law invalid. Thank God for the Supreme Court of the United States in that instance.
I thank the distinguished Senator.
Mr. President, this afternoon I want to talk about the 2004 omnibus conference report on those bills. The Senate opened the second session to the 108th Congress not many hours ago. While the year on the calendar has changed from the last time we met in this Chamber, the Senate finds itself handcuffed by the same authoritarian dictates from the same Bush administration that last year led to some of the most fierce partisan passions that this Senate has seen in decades. Gone is the traditional spirit of cooperation. Yes, the man in the White House who said that he was going to change the
tone in Washington, he changed that tone all right. It is the worst that I have seen in my more than 51 years in Congress. Gone is that traditional spirit of cooperation. Gone is the belief that the needs of the Nation are above the needs of any political party. In their place is an agenda driven by pure rank, raw partisanship. This is a tragic turn for this historic Chamber, a tragic turn for these United States of America.
Hope for a bipartisan Medicare prescription drug benefit was bright at the start of this Congress, but by the time the conference report returned to the Senate for final passage, all that was left was a prescription for protecting the pharmaceutical industry and a drug benefit that is a sham for American seniors.
Progress on an energy strategy for the country began in a cooperative effort but quickly the Democrats were locked out while industry lobbyists were welcomed in to write the conference report with the executive branch.
The fiscal year 2004 appropriations bills have suffered a similar fate. Between June 26 and September 4 of last year, the Senate Appropriations Committee reported all 13 appropriations bills, bills that were the result of bipartisan cooperation between the chairman and the ranking member of each subcommittee and those subcommittee members. The bills were tight and lean because of unrealistic budget limits, but Senators worked in tandem to craft balanced legislation. Despite the efforts of the chairman of the committee, the senior Senator from State of Alaska, progress on the bills waned, and as a result we faced the grim Frankenstein aberration of an Omnibus appropriations conference report.
I warned the Senate that such an Omnibus appropriations bill could grow limbs like trees, limbs like an octopus, limbs that never were contemplated by the Senate. I warned Members on both sides of the aisle that they could not control the outcome when the seed of an omnibus bill was planted in a closed conference. I warned that a Senator's right to debate controversial legislation would be lost. Finally, I warned that such an omnibus bill would invite the White House to the table.
Never was the White House invited to the table when I was chairman of the Senate Appropriations Committee--never. It is all right for them to be in an outside room but not at the table, no. I warned that such an omnibus bill would invite the White House to the table and that the Congress would once again forfeit its constitutional right to write legislation. Negotiations on that legislation started well enough. The House and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees worked on their respective pieces of this mammoth bill. The conferees held an open session under the able leadership of Senate Chairman Ted Stevens and House Chairman Bill Young, and several of the chapters of this behemoth bill were settled. But this tale does not have a happy ending. No, this chariot, drawn by tall horses, quickly turned into a pumpkin. Have you heard that before? It quickly turned into a pumpkin, pulled by rats before the clock struck midnight.
The White House decided--the White House--the White House decided that bipartisan negotiations were unacceptable. The White House pulled the plug on the conference and took it behind closed doors. The Republican congressional leadership bowed, bowed down to White House pressure. Suddenly, Democratic Members of Congress had no voice in the legislation. Senator Graham, the Democrats had no voice, suddenly, in the legislation they had only days before helped to move to the verge of passage.
In the back rooms of the Capitol, the White House sat down with the Republican leadership and with fat-cat lobbyists representing big corporations and produced an unamendable 1,182-page, $328 billion conference report. They produced a conference report that turned the legislative process on its head.
You think Speaker Joe Martin, Republican Speaker of the House--Joe Martin of Massachusetts--would have stood for that when he was Speaker of the House? Do you think John Taber of New York, Chairman of the Senate-House Appropriations Committee, would have stood for that in his day? No.
Four of the bills contained in this omnibus did not have a recorded vote in the Senate. That is all right. A voice vote or a vote by division are just as legal and legitimate as is a rollcall vote. But one of the bills, the Commerce-Justice-State bill, was never even debated, never even debated in the Senate, let alone adopted by a vote of the Senate.
Shame. Shame on us for letting that happen.
So there you have it. The Commerce-Justice-State bill was never even debated in the Senate, let alone adopted. Scores of provisions were included in the so-called Miscellaneous Appropriations Act portion of the conference report that were never debated, never debated in this Senate. What has happened to the legislative process here under the leadership of the Republican administration, the Bush administration? Under pressure from the White House, provisions that were approved by both the House and Senate have been dropped. Get that. Under pressure from the White House, provisions that have been included, that were provisions included in both the House and Senate, have been dropped.
A point of order could be made under rule XXVIII that would kill this conference report. Under pressure from the White House, controversial provisions that were written as 1-year limitations when they were before the House or Senate have been mutated into permanent changes in authorization law. This conference report includes an across-the-board cut never debated here in this Senate, an arbitrary cut that would apply to legislation already signed into law. It would cut homeland security. It would cut counterterrorism efforts. It would cut education and health care. This across-the-board cut would reach back into laws that agencies have been operating under for 4 months.
In the view of the White House, the United States can afford $1.7 trillion in tax cuts. When it comes to the Medicare bill, we can afford $12 billion for subsidies for private insurance companies. When it comes to the Energy bill, we can afford over $25 billion of tax cuts and $5 billion of mandatory spending for big energy corporations. But when it comes to initiatives funded in these appropriations bills, initiatives that help ordinary Americans every day, the President insists on cuts.
He didn't say anything like that in his big speech last night. No, he didn't say anything about that, a cut of 0.59 percent would reduce funding for No Child Left Behind programs by more than $73 million, resulting in 24,000 fewer children being served by title I. The across- the-board cut would reduce veterans medical care funding by $159 million, resulting in 26,500 fewer veterans receiving medical care.
The President lauds the military, as he should. He applauds the soldier, the sailor, the airman, the marine. But when it comes to veterans, 26,500 fewer veterans will receive medical care, or 198,000 veterans not getting the prescription drugs they need. Was anything said about that in the speech last evening? Not a word.
The across-the-board cut will chop funding for homeland security initiatives. How many more baggage screeners will be laid off, resulting in longer lines and less security at the airports? How many fewer flights will have air marshals on board? Nothing said about that in the State of the Union speech. No, no, no. How many more containers will come into this country uninspected? How many more illegal aliens will be able to remain in this country or how many more will be able to sneak into this country? Not a word said. How many potential terrorists will never be investigated because of cuts in the FBI? The Bush tax cuts will cost $293 billion in the calendar year 2004. More than $1 out of every $4 being spent on those tax cuts is going to the top 1 percent of taxpayers in this country. They didn't put me in office. No, those on that side of the track didn't put me in office. The Bush tax cuts-- let me say it again--the Bush tax cuts will cost $293 billion in the calendar year 2004.
More than one out of every four dollars being spent on those tax cuts is going to the top 1 percent of taxpayers in this country. Are you in that category? Are you, Senators, in that category? I don't know. But I know a lot of people who sent me here who are not in that category.
Taxpayers with incomes that average about $1 million per year will receive an average tax cut of $85,000 in the year 2010, while those taxpayers earning less than $73,000 will receive at best 1 percent of what a millionaire will receive and at worst a paltry $98 in the year 2010.
How will we pay for this? Oh, that will be somebody else's problem. This President will be back on his ranch in Crawford, TX, living it up and having it good. What about your children and my children? They are going to be left to pay for this.
How will we pay for it? With cuts in education, cuts in veterans' programs, and cuts in homeland security.
In the dark of night, behind closed doors, the White House filled this conference report with favors for big corporations. Everywhere you look, you find the interests of corporate America coming first and the needs of working Americans coming in last.
The Senate approved a provision to block for 1 year the administration's plan to take away the rights of as many as 8 million employees to earn time and a half for extra hours worked. This administration produced a rule so biased toward industry that it even included advice to corporations on how to avoid additional wages.
Yet the Senate provision--what happened to it? What happened to that Senate provision? It is gone, obliterated under the darkness of night, taken out.
At the request of the food marketing industry, rules to allow Americans to know where their food, such as beef and vegetables, is grown are delayed for 2 years, breaking the balance crafted as part of the 2002 farm bill.
During the consideration of the 2002 farm bill, the Senate included a provision--the Senate; that is, us--included a provision to ensure that American consumers were provided with information about where their food originates--where it comes from. This so-called country-of-origin requirement became law and was immediately attacked by industry forces. When the smoke of the agriculture conference cleared, we found that industry forces had worked overtime to slip out of their statutory requirements. The country-of-origin issue was not even allowed to be discussed at the conference. The decision whether to keep or whether to kill the country-of-origin requirement was made behind closed doors after the conference was adjourned subject to the call of the Chair. I was in that conference. It was adjourned subject to the call of the Chair. They didn't have any use for me anymore. I was locked out. Senator Byrd can go home now. He will not be in on the decision. We don't need you there. You can go home now subject to the call of the Chair. Of course, the call never come.
Roy Acuff used to sing, ``I called and I called but nobody answered. I called and I called but nobody answered.''
Democrats of either the House or the Senate were not in the room.
I wonder how many of our listeners remember the first question that was ever asked in the history of man. What was the first question that was ever asked? It was asked in the cool of the day when God walked through that garden of paradise, the Garden of Eden, which we think was located somewhere between the two great rivers in old Mesopotamia, the Tigris and the Euphrates Rivers. God walked in that garden looking for Adam and Eve. But he couldn't find Adam. So he asked the question: Adam, Adam, where art thou? That is the first question ever recorded. Adam, where art thou? Well, Adam and Eve were hiding behind bushes and figleaves. Adam, where art thou?
Well, Democrats in either the House or the Senate were not in that room. So when their constituents ask, where were you, where were you, Senator Graham? Where were you, Senator Byrd, you who has been in Congress 51 years, where were you then? Where were you on that day?
The Democrats were locked out. We were locked out. We weren't included.
I will tell you one thing. That was never done when I was chairman.
Now we find that the delay in implementing the country-of-origin law is not just for 1 year, as the House provided and the Senate opposed, but 2 years. And that is not all. The House provision only placed a limitation on the labeling requirement for meat products. Now the agreement coming out of conference expands the limitation to all the other commodities covered by the law such as fruits and vegetables. American consumers may have thought they were going to know where their food came from, but the majority has made sure that those facts will remain a hidden secret in the deep freeze.
Also, the 1-year limitation on the FCC media ownership rule was turned into a permanent cap at 39 percent. The practical effect of changes demanded by the White House is to protect Rupert Murdoch's FOX television network and CBS-Viacom from having to comply with the lower 35 percent ownership caps, the congressional version of the bill that was put in place.
The White House is boosting special corporate interests. Why not? Look at the millions that are poured into political coffers by those special corporate interests. The White House is boosting special corporate interests at the expense of the people's interest for balanced news and information. Protections for Federal workers that were agreed to on a bipartisan basis in the public conference that would ensure fair competition with the private sector disappeared in the backroom.
The White House sent its troops to the Hill last week to press the Republican leadership to reject entreaties from Members on both sides of the aisle to make any changes to this Frankenstein of a bill.
This ``my way or the highway'' roughshod politics over the principled approach to Congress is incredible, especially from a White House that has done so much to undermine the credibility of this Nation and its Government.
One year ago, the President used the State of the Union Address before this Congress, this Nation, and the world to make his best case for taking the Nation to war in Iraq under the doctrine of preemptive strikes, under the doctrine of preemption.
In the State of the Union Address and in other speeches, he and others in the administration told Congress and the Nation that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction that were an imminent threat to this Nation. We were told that Saddam Hussein was trying to develop nuclear weapons. We were told that American troops would be received as liberators. We were told that Saddam Hussein was aiding terrorists, such as the al-Qaida. What an incredible tale. What an incredible squandering of the credibility of our Government in the eyes of the world.
For this President, there seems to be no limit to his appetite for rhetoric, no recognition that there is a difference between his rhetoric and reality.
Yes, he promised Americans to leave no child behind, but this omnibus bill would cut funding by $6 billion below the level authorized for title I in the No Child Left Behind Act which this President signed with such promise in January of 2002. This omnibus bill would leave behind 2.1 million children who are eligible for title I educational services.
The President promised to secure our homeland and yet this bill would cut funding for port security and border security. On November 14, 2002, the Senate passed the Maritime Transportation Security Act without a dissenting vote. The vote was 95 to 0. The bill was signed into law by President Bush on November 25, 2002, during a celebratory White House ceremony. On that day, the President said: We will strengthen security at our Nation's 361 seaports, adding port security agents, requiring ships to provide more information about the cargo, crew, and passengers that they carry.
Despite these requirements, the President has requested no funding for port security grants and this omnibus bill would cut the funding that Congress added last fall. Sixteen million cargo containers arrive in the United States by ship, truck, and rail each year. One hundred forty million passengers travel annually by ship each year. Thousands of employees work at our ports each day. Millions of citizens live in and around our port community. A terrorist attack through our ports would produce billions of dollars of losses to our economy.
Was a thin dime requested by this President? No. No, the President did not request a dime.
On November 19, 2001, the President signed into law the Aviation and Transportation Security Act. The act created the Transportation Security Administration and mandated that all cargo on passenger aircraft be screened. The administration has never requested sufficient funding to meet the goals of the law. In order to bridge a $900 million funding shortfall that it created for fiscal year 2003, the administration proposed delaying advanced firearms training for Federal air marshals at the same time that intelligence reports indicated an enhanced threat to aviation and the potential for hijacking planes transiting the United States.
Regarding air cargo security, the administration has met the requirement of screening air cargo by expanding a program referred to as the Known Shipper Program. This program does not actually physically screen cargo going into the bellies of jumbo passenger aircraft but relies on paperwork to protect our citizens. Congress added $35 million above the President's request to enhance the deployment of detection equipment, research other methods to screen cargo and otherwise expand air cargo security. This omnibus bill would reduce that funding.
The Enhanced Border Security and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002, Public Law 101-173, was signed into law by President Bush on May 14, 2002. The act authorized funding for enhanced hiring of immigration inspectors and agents as well as for improvements to immigration facilities. The President did not request the authorized funds to hire additional immigration personnel, nor did he request funds to make the authorized improvements to immigration facilities or to hire the required number of Border Patrol agents. The omnibus bill would reduce funding for Border Patrol efforts.
Just last month, 4 days before Christmas, Homeland Security Secretary Tom Ridge announced that the Nation's terror alert level was being raised to orange. He said the strategic indicator, including al-Qaida's continued desire to carry out attacks against our homeland, was perhaps greater than at any time since September 11. He went on to say that information indicates that extremists abroad are anticipating near-term attacks that they believe will rival or exceed the scope and impact of those we experienced in New York.
The President promised a safer nation when he created the new Homeland Security Department. But his Secretary says we are in greater danger than at any time since September 11, 2001. At the same time, the administration urged Congress to cut funding for Homeland Security.
In May of this year the President signed into law a bill authorizing $15 billion over 5 years for international programs to combat HIV/AIDS. On July 12, while in Nigeria, the President said: The House of Representatives and the Senate must fully fund this initiative, for the good of the people on this continent of Africa.
To ``fully fund this initiative'' requires $3 billion. The authorization bill, which the President explicitly referenced in his speech, authorized $3 billion in fiscal year 2004. Yet the President only requested that the Congress provide $2 billion for the program. This omnibus bill, after the across-the-board cut, would provide less than $2.4 billion for the Global AIDS Program, over $600 million below the level promised.
Democratic Senators, including myself, on three separate occasions offered amendments that would have ensured that HIV/AIDS funding reached the $3 billion level. All three of these amendments were defeated by the Republican leadership working with the Bush administration.
Rhetoric and reality are two different things. Now we understand that the President will be promising to put a man on Mars. Somewhere along the way the tail has begun to wag the dog.
The legislative process is being steered from the Oval Office. The legislative branch is being used not as the Framers envisioned, to serve as a check on the executive branch, but instead as a tool to check off accomplishments on the President's political agenda.
Whose fault is that? Shame on us for letting ourselves be used. Shame on us for letting ourselves be used. Shame on us for putting political party against the best interests of the Nation. Shame on us for putting political party above the Constitution of the United States. This is not the way the Senate should operate.
I fault no individual Senator for bringing us to this point, but I do fault the system that places meaningless message votes and staged photo-op debates before the business of the Nation. I fault politicians for their weakness, for their failure to uphold their oaths to support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.
Shame on us. In my 50 years in this Congress, I have never, never before seen such a Milquetoast Congress, a Congress that would cede power.
This Constitution says Congress shall have power to declare war. Yet this Senate stood speechless--speechless--when we voted in 2002 to shift this power to determine when, where, and what military forces should invade a sovereign Nation. The Senate had little to say.
That was not the Senate that was here when I came here. No, not the Senate that was here when I came here. Everett Dirksen stood at that place. Lyndon Johnson stood at that desk. There was Norris Cotton, George Aiken, Jacob Javits. Those were men. There was Senator Russell of Georgia, who stood at this place, right here at this desk, Richard Russell. Lister Hill stood there. John Pastore of Rhode Island stood here. No, not those men. They are gone.
But the Constitution is not gone. The Constitution is still with us. And many times have I stood at that desk where the Presiding Officer sits today, put my hand on the Bible, as it were, and swore to support and defend the Constitution of the United States--not to support this President or that President, this party or that party. I did not have any oath of that kind. I did not take any oath of that kind. I never will take an oath of that kind.
How many of us can say we have stood by that Constitution? How many of us would have to say: Oh, I have bent--I have bent, when my party, when my President--the President is the President for all of us. He is not just my President.
But I say that we have become far too deferential to all Presidents, too deferential to all Presidents. Presidents are just hired hands like the rest of us. They are here only for a while. Then they go. I have seen 11 administrations go, and I hope I get to see another one. But we act, when we come here, as though we swear to support this President or that President, a President from the Republican party or a President from the Democratic party. Why? They are mere hired hands who are here for a little while, like the rest of us.
No President sends the Presiding Officer here. No President can send that Presiding Officer home. Why so deferential to Presidents?
Under the Constitution, we have three separate but equal branches of Government. How many of us know that? How many of us know that the executive branch is but the equal of the legislative branch--not above it, not below it, but equal? Why do we treat Presidents as though they were kings, clothed in royal purple?
The real losers in this scenario are the American people. They are not well served by a Congress that fritters away opportunity after opportunity to probe, to analyze, to exercise its independent judgment on the urgent issues of the day in favor of rushing to do the bidding of the executive branch. Shame on us. Fie on us.
The people of West Virginia and this Constitution that I hold in my hand have made me a U.S. Senator. No President made me a U.S. Senator. I came to Congress when Harry Truman was President. He did not make me a Member of Congress. Of course, I was indebted to him for coming to West Virginia and speaking on my behalf and on behalf of my colleague, Jennings Randolph, at that time. But I did not expect that to make him my boss. I admired Harry Truman. I did not like him for some of the language that he used in public, but I still admired him, and admire him to this day as a President who had courage. But he was just a President.
So I have served with 11 Presidents--not under any of them. No, no President sends me here. And by what right do the people of West Virginia send me
here if I am going to bow and scrape to a President? They expect me to speak up, and that is what I have tried to do, in the presence of Presidents, yes, but they put their pants on just like I put mine on; the same old way, no different.
Under our Constitution, our Founding Fathers had the wisdom to establish three separate, equal, coordinate branches of Government. That is under this Constitution. This Constitution--perhaps one does not think about it often, but when one stops to think about it, this Constitution has something to do with every minute, every hour, every day of every life in this country in one place or another, and in some instances more than one place.
This Constitution impacts your life, your life, and your life. Every day that you are here on this planet, this Constitution has a bearing on it. And then some would treat this as a piece of paper and put political party above the Constitution of the United States. When I do that, send me home and say: Good riddance.
This is the Constitution of the United States. Many times I have sworn by oath before God and man, with my hand on the Bible, the King James version of the Holy Bible, to support and defend this Constitution. Yet we treat it as a piece of paper. We use it only when it is of a particular benefit to us. But every day, in some way or in some ways, this Constitution bears upon your life. It may be in the delivery of your mail. It may be in the hard surfacing of the roads upon which you drive. It may have something to do with the flights that you are about to depart upon. Yes, it is this Constitution.
In this country, we don't say: God save the King. God save the King. God save the President of the United States. No. We say: God save the Constitution of the United States. This Constitution saved Congress from its error when it passed the Line-Item Veto Act. This Constitution did that.
Under the Constitution, Congress writes the laws. The President executes the laws. Under the Constitution, the power of the purse rests here, right here--not downtown, not down at the other end of the avenue, but here.
Most of the people who were in the Thirteen Colonies, in the 13 States, when the Constitution became a constitution, were British subjects. It took hundreds of years and blood spilled at the tip of the sword for Englishmen in 1688 to write that meetings of Parliament that should be held often, that there would be freedom of speech in the Parliament and in the House of Commons. Those were the men who placed the powers of the purse in the hands of the elected representatives of the people of England in Parliament. That is where the power of the purse rests, here in the legislative branch. We ought never to let the executive branch forget it. Yet we cower. We act like poodles when it comes to standing up against the Chief Executive of the United States.
Who is he? With all due respect, whether he is Republican or Democrat, this is the Congress of the United States. This is the people's branch, this body and the other. Under the Constitution, the Congress determines how to write our laws, how to protect Members' rights to debate the important issues of the day. This omnibus bill leaves those pillars of our constitutional system in shambles. It is our duty as the people's representatives to protect those pillars of our constitutional system of government.
In 1999 and in the year 2000, when President Clinton, a Democratic President, a President of my own party, supported efforts by the Republican Congress to produce Omnibus appropriations bills, I came to this floor to decry our loss of our right and our duty to write legislation. I came to this floor to stand up for Congress's power of the purse. It made no matter to me--not any, no matter--that this was a Democratic President calling for omnibus spending legislation. I stood up for the rights of this Senate as I do today.
In 1993, there was a great effort to include President Clinton's comprehensive health care reform plan in a reconciliation bill. Proponents of the President's proposal hoped that such an approach would shelter the proposal from extended debate in the Senate. My own majority leader, George Mitchell, came to me. I said, no. My own colleague from West Virginia in the Senate pleaded with me. I said, no. President Clinton, a Democratic President, called on the telephone, called on me to support this effort. I said, no. I said, no. Without regard to party, I felt compelled to protect Members' rights to a full debate.
I said: This is a comprehensive health bill. The people need to know what is in it. We Members of the Senate need to know what is in it. That is why we have the Senate, to debate and to amend. No.
And so I turned my face like flint to the request of my own friend and the President of my own party. No.
Did he think less of me? I doubt it. He thanked me. He understood what I was saying. I will say it again. How many on that side would say that to a President of their party? But with President Bush, he insists that members of his party march with him step by step. I can remember a great Republican Senator who refused to march step by step. That was Senator Mark Hatfield. He was scorned by many on that side of the aisle because he stood alone against a political party, his party. He was no coward for doing that. He was a man.
President Bush insists that members of his party march with him step by step. Today, on the other side of the aisle, voices for a strong and equal Congress fall silent.
Last week Senator Frist wrote to Senators and urged them to vote for the omnibus conference report because if the omnibus fails, then the only alternative, he said, is a full-year continuing resolution that would force the agencies for the seven outstanding appropriations bills to operate at last year's level. He argued that such a continuing resolution would produce deep cuts for food safety, veterans medical care, highway funding, and the Global AIDS Programs.
However, the Senator presents the Senate with a false choice. If the omnibus is not approved, the Senate has other options to move forward. If the only alternative is a full-year continuing resolution, then that is the choice of the Republican leadership. It would be another example of putting political posturing before the needs of the American people.
There is a clear alternative, and that is to sit down and work out a compromise that can overwhelmingly pass the Senate. If our distinguished and illustrious majority leader, Mr. Frist, had the will to do so, such negotiations could be completed, who knows, maybe even in 1 day. However, in its current form, I cannot vote for this bill. I cannot vote for this conference report that so ravages our constitutional process and puts corporate interests ahead of the people's interests. I cannot vote for a bill that undermines our credibility, undermines the credibility of the United States Senate with the American people. I urge Members to vote no when the Senate votes on the adoption of the conference report.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, it is a tough act to follow of the Senator from West Virginia. Is there any specified allocation of time for debate this afternoon? I thank the Chair. Mr. President, I thank the…
Mr. President, it is a tough act to follow of the Senator from West Virginia. Is there any specified allocation of time for debate this afternoon?
I thank the Chair.
Mr. President, I thank the Senator from West Virginia for his eloquent words, which I followed on the floor and through the television before I arrived on the floor. It is always a pleasure to hear him speak to the issues that we are challenged with as a nation.
Last night, I joined many Senators and Congressmen to walk across the Rotunda to attend the 21st State of the Union Address, which has been my honor to witness as a Congressman and as a Senator, to be on the escort committee to bring in the President for this historic moment and to hear the President's words as he addressed America, as he does each year. It is a rare chance for him to speak unencumbered to the Nation directly and to really express the feelings in his heart.
Part of what the President said I thought was particularly timely and poignant. It drew bipartisan response
and applause--particularly the part where he saluted the men and women in uniform. We have many debates on foreign policy here. Senator Byrd and I view it the same way, that perhaps our country is on the wrong track when it comes to this policy of preemption and going it alone in the world. Having said that, we both understand, as every Member of the Congress does, there are men and women in uniform who are literally risking their lives at this moment for this country. While politicians and elected officials debate the policy, we should never forget the courage, sacrifice, and dedication of those men and women in uniform, how much it means to their families that they know we stand behind them and we will not deny them the resources they need to perform their mission safely and to come home safely and as quickly as possible.
I point out one aspect that has come to my attention over the 2-month break when the Senate was in recess. I joined a couple Senators and I went out on my own to visit Walter Reed Hospital last November and meet with these wounded soldiers. It is a wonderful thing to see these brave young men and women. Also, it is sad to see some of the injuries they have sustained. Most of them wear ceramic vests that protect them in combat, but they don't protect their limbs. Many of those there are amputees who have lost a hand, an arm, legs, or, in the case of one soldier, both hands, or suffered a head injury.
Having spoken to them and asked them the circumstances of their injury, I usually said: Is there anything I can do for you? It was interesting to me how many had the same response. It wasn't personal. They didn't ask me for a favor. They said: Don't do me a favor, but do a favor for the men and women I served with. We need to have more protection in combat, particularly with Humvees, which are today's jeeps that are so prevalent in the war in Iraq. Humvees were built to be light and fast for a desert war, and now they perform a different function. They move troops through Baghdad and Fallujah, which are dangerous areas. Sadly, many of these Humvees have canvas sides. If one of these terrorists fires a rocket-propelled grenade at it, it whistles right through the vehicle causing great injuries and damage in the process. The same thing is true with the homemade bombs. So the wounded soldiers at Walter Reed said time and again that they need more armor- plating on the Humvee vehicles.
I thought this was something a Senator ought to look into. So I came back to my office and contacted the Department of the Army and said: How many Humvees in Iraq today don't have armor-plating? They said that 8,500 do not. So I said: Is it a priority to make armor-plated doors for these? They said it is the highest priority. They said: Senator, there is good news. Half of them will be built in your State at the Rock Island Arsenal, which has served America since the Civil War. I knew the men and women there were anxious to get involved and to prove themselves and to serve our Nation again, as they have time and time again in times of conflict.
During the break, I went to the Rock Island Arsenal and saw the first two armored doors for Humvees come off the assembly line. The employees were working around the clock and could not have been prouder. I said to the officer in charge at the Rock Island Arsenal: This is great. You are supposed to build about 8,000 or 9,000 of these armor-plated doors. How long will it take you to get these 9,000 armor-plated doors into Iraq on the Humvees? He said: Senator, if we work night and day, we can get this done in 2 years. Two years.
I thought to myself, what am I missing here? In World War II, we would build a bomber in 72 hours. We would build a ship in 30 days. Why is it going to take 2 years to build the armor-plated doors for the Humvees? He said: I am sorry to tell you that there is only one plant left in America that makes the steel that can protect these soldiers with armor plating in the Humvees--one plant left in America. I thought about that last night when the President said to us that jobs are growing in America--manufacturing and industrial jobs are growing in America. I have to say to the President, as I look at Illinois, that is not the case. We are losing jobs. We are losing manufacturing jobs. We have lost 20 percent of our manufacturing jobs in the last 5 years and continue to do so.
Many jobs are going to China. China is a country where jobs are growing but, sadly, at the expense of American workers. China has an unfair trade policy related to the currency valuation of their local currency.
Now, the Secretary of the Treasury, who was there last night, protested this in China, but they have done nothing about it. So they have a 15- to 40-percent price advantage over American manufacturers. What it means is that manufacturers, large and small, are losing business to China. So when the time comes, when we need a steel mill to produce the armor for the Humvees so our sons and daughters come back with limbs intact and safe, we find ourselves at the mercy of these foreign producers.
Today, for every dollar of goods exported from the United States to China, we import $6 worth of goods from China, and one company in America--one company alone--imports 10 percent of all of the Chinese exports to the United States. One company sells 10 percent of all of the goods and products sent by China to the United States. That company is Wal-Mart. Wal-Mart, yes. It is in your neighborhood and in your hometown.
A few years ago, they proudly said ``made in America'' at Wal-Mart. But it doesn't say that anymore. Last week, if you watched the cable channels, you saw Lou Dobbs talking about exporting America. Frankly, that is a sad reality today.
So when the President talks about all the new jobs coming into America, I don't see it. For my money, a jobless recovery is no recovery at all. What good is it to talk about productivity? What good is it to talk about economic growth if we have lost 3 million jobs under the Bush administration? That is a fact of life.
I told you the story of the Humvees. I will tell you one other.
In my apartment in Chicago, at 4 o'clock on Saturday, I received a phone call. It is interesting that I received a similar call 3 weeks before. The voice on the other end of the phone said: Mr. Durbin, this is Nancy, and I am happy to inform you that your Discover Card is on the way to your apartment.
I said: Nancy, I didn't order a Discover Card.
She said: Yes, but you have qualified for one and we are going to send you a credit card.
I said: Nancy, may I ask you a question? Where are you calling from?
She said: Delaware.
I said: What city in Delaware?
She said: Just a minute.
I heard papers shuffling. I said: New Delhi?
She said: No, Bangalore.
As you know, that is a city in India. I tell you those stories because I think they demonstrate the anxiety and concern of Americans from one coast to the other.
The President may believe that we are deep into a recovery. The President may see new jobs coming, but America looks at the current evolution of our economy with concern. We are giving up our basic industries. We are giving up manufacturing to the Chinese, and now we are giving up service jobs to India and other countries.
IBM announced 4,000 jobs will be lost in the United States for computer programs that will be sent overseas to India. If you buy a Dell Computer and you need instructions on setting up your computer and you call the 800 number, you will generally speak to someone in India.
The question that raises is this: What will be the job for the next generation of Americans? What occupation or profession would you recommend to a young person for a future in America?
There are some that are obvious, but when you look at how we have built this country with a strong middle class, raising good strong families with strong values, you have to wonder, with the challenges we are going to face in the years ahead, whether this administration and this Congress are looking at the state of the American economy honestly.
What was President Bush's proposal last night to deal with the future of America's economy? He made it clear. He believes that if you make the tax cuts for the wealthiest people in America permanent law, then, in fact, we
will have a strong economy. In other words, if you will give more money to the wealthiest people in America, somehow the economy lifts and everyone will succeed.
History is not on his side. In fact, this anemic recovery in which we are presently involved is proof positive that his tax cuts did little or nothing to stimulate this economy and creating a deficit of historic proportions. This President took a surplus in the Treasury and turned it into the biggest deficit in the history of the United States. He took over from an administration that had created over 20 million new jobs, and this President, unless something dramatic happens in the next few months, will go down in history as having lost more jobs under his administration than any President since the Great Depression--3 million jobs lost in America. And his answer to get America back on its feet and working again: Give the wealthiest people in America a tax break.
The President, when he talks about the tax cuts, zeros in on the $300 for individuals, $600 for families, the marriage penalty, but he ignores the biggest tax breaks, which are not included in that group but go to the wealthiest people in this country. Those are the ones who have brought us into this deficit situation.
To make matters worse, the conference report to accompany the Omnibus appropriations bill, which we have before us, includes a provision which says when it comes to those currently working in America, people who are struggling to keep their jobs and to keep their families together, this bill contains a provision which will eliminate overtime pay for 8 million Americans.
Mr. President, 8 million Americans today working overtime hours--away from their families, to make ends meet, to put some money away for college education, to deal with medical bills they can't handle otherwise--because of language insisted by the Republican leadership in the White House and in the Congress will lose their overtime pay.
That is the record of the Bush administration when it comes to jobs: 3 million jobs lost; 8 million working Americans denied overtime pay.
What does it mean? It means these men and women who are working these jobs will be told by their employers: You will show up and you will work instead of 40 hours this week, you will work 50 hours this week, and the extra 10 hours you work, you will be paid the same hourly wage, and if you don't like it, leave.
Perhaps that is the President's vision of America. From my point of view, that is not a vision that most families would appreciate. If we truly value work and we truly value families, wouldn't we take a different approach?
Didn't we hear the President last night talk about the family values of America and protecting those traditional values? While he spoke, we were considering a bill that says for 8 million Americans, the likelihood that your family will succeed is diminished, and it is reduced because we believe employers, at least those who support this bill, believe that employers should make more money at the expense of their employees.
We have had overtime pay since 1938. The Fair Labor Standards Act required employers to pay time and a half, and usually Presidents, Democrats and Republicans, would extend overtime protection and overtime benefits to more and more employees. This President will go down in history as the first to take overtime pay away from working Americans--8 million Americans.
The administration's proposal would strip 8 million workers of their overtime rights, including 375,000 workers in my State of Illinois. For workers who receive overtime pay, that overtime compensation usually accounts for 25 percent of their paycheck. The administration's proposal would slash the paychecks of 8 million hard-working Americans by 25 percent.
I haven't spoken about increasing the minimum wage in this country, which this administration has steadfastly opposed and Republicans in Congress have adamantly opposed. So at $5.15 an hour, more and more low-income workers find themselves falling behind and have to take a second job.
I went to a high school in Du Page County over the break. Du Page County is a great diverse, strong, and generally prosperous county in my State, just west of Chicago. When I sat down with the educators, we looked at No Child Left Behind test scores, and I said: Why is it that only 92 percent of the students took the test for No Child Left Behind at this high school?
The principal said to me: Senator, a lot of our kids are from poor families, single parent families, and they have brothers and sisters. If a little brother or a little sister gets sick and can't go to day care that day, mom is going to have to stay home from work and give up her paycheck or that older brother is going to have to stay home and watch the sick baby. That is what happens. He said that is reality.
Think about that kind of life where the sickness of the baby keeps an older brother out of school; where the mother, making $5.15 an hour, doesn't work an 8-hour day, but perhaps a 12- and 14-hour day or, if she is lucky, she has a job that used to pay overtime for those extra hours and now, because of the Bush administration's proposal, she is about to lose her overtime. She is struggling to keep her little family together under extraordinary circumstances, and we make it worse.
We do not increase the minimum wage. We do not protect her right to earn overtime pay, which has been on the books for over 65 years in America. Is that an administration with family values, sensitive to families and what they face?
What kind of employees will be hit hard by the President's determination to cut overtime pay? Let me give you a few categories: Police officers, firefighters, and safety coordinators. The International Union of Police Associations estimated this proposal will take overtime pay from 50 percent of those law enforcement officers currently guaranteed overtime. A minimum of 200,000 law enforcement officers will lose their overtime pay because of this appropriations proposal that came to us from the Bush administration.
I can go through the list: Prison guards from my State will no longer receive overtime pay; first responders, nurses, medical assistants, social workers, computer technicians, engineering technicians--the list goes on and on.
I think the list tells a story. It is one thing to talk about the goodness of America and the confidence we have in our future, and quite another for us to pass legislation, such as included in this appropriations bill, which destroys the confidence of working families in this Congress and this administration, unwilling to stand up and fight for them defending their rights to keep their families together.
Let me speak for a moment about education because at the heart of the issue of tomorrow's generation and their jobs is the question of education and training. The President made a very modest proposal last night to help community colleges. I thought it was good. When we assess the value for each community college, it is going to be symbolic, as most things are from this administration when it comes to helping America. It won't be the billions of dollars we are sending to Iraq. It will be $230 million, $240 million which is going to be allocated to community colleges. Mr. President, $230 million is hardly going to change education in America when we consider we are a nation of roughly 300 million people.
When we take a look at No Child Left Behind, we may note that this bill we are about to pass provides the smallest increase in education funding in 8 years, and it shortchanges No Child Left Behind, the President's premier policy on education, by $6 billion under the authorized funding level.
So we have said to schools, test your kids, and the President repeated it last night, continue to test, we want to know how you are doing. That is valuable. That is the diagnosis. But when it comes to the treatment, when it comes to tutoring, mentoring, after-school programs and summer school programs, this administration refuses to put the money on the table. They will identify the problem but they will not invest in solving the problem. In fact, what they have created is an unfunded mandate on schools at the absolute worst time possible. Where States are struggling to make ends meet, where local property payers are pushed to the limit on their property taxes, the President has imposed a mandate on
the schools and refuses by $6 billion in this bill to provide the funding the schools need to succeed.
So what will happen? Tests will be taken and tests will be reported, both within the Department of Education and publicly. Schools which people respected will now be branded as failing schools. Schools which frankly are doing a good job will find that if one group of students, for example, the kids in the special education class, who have special physical and mental challenges, cannot meet the test scores we have mandated in No Child Left Behind, the school will be graded as a failing school.
Imagine, you and your husband, your family, have made a sacrifice to buy a home in a very expensive subdivision which you know to be safe and near a good school, so that there is going to be a great education for your kids. You are starting to make the mortgage payments, it is not an easy thing to do, and you pick up the paper and you say, did you realize the high school our kids are about to go to has been graded a failing school?
That is going to happen. It is going to happen across Illinois. It is going to happen across America. When it comes to the resources and money to help those schools and to help those students, this administration refuses to put the money on the table. I think that is unfortunate and tragic, and it hardly suggests that this President is looking forward to the next generation.
The same President who a week ago looked up to the heavens and said the vision for America is manned space flight to Mars is a President who is not looking around America at the neighborhoods and towns that need a helping hand, that need more jobs, that need better schools, and need affordable health insurance. Had that same President, instead of casting his eyes to the heavens and outer space, looked to our Nation and said, in the next 10 years we are going to bring America's schools up to the highest world quality standards, and if it takes the trillion dollars that is necessary, we will spend it, that President would have been applauded across America. Instead, he projects someone in a manned space flight to Mars that will cost us $1 trillion.
I am not against the space program. Many good things have come from the space program, and they continue to come from the space program, but to think that we are going to look beyond Mother Earth, look beyond our own home into the heavens to spend a trillion dollars just strikes me as a complete misstatement of priorities for America.
In the few minutes I have remaining, I will mention two or three other things I find troublesome in this bill. One of the major disappointments was the deletion of funding in the Commerce-Justice- State-Judiciary appropriations for the Voice of America and Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty broadcasting for Eastern Europe. The Senate bill included this funding, as did the Senate version of the authorization bill: $9 million for broadcasts to Estonia, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Lithuania, Poland, Bulgaria, Latvia, Romania, and Moldova. Unfortunately, this bill will cut off those broadcasts, and that is not the right thing to do. These are new democracies. They are still subject to instability. There is still gang and Soviet influence. I refer to the old Soviet gangs that still are alive and well and reborn in the form of syndicate operations. These democracies need the help of Radio Free Europe. I think putting that voice, as well as Radio Liberty, in a broadcast is an important thing to strengthen those democracies. Unfortunately, it was cut.
Then, of course, there is the provision in this bill regarding one of the controversial rules of the Federal Communications Commission. Do my colleagues think it is a better country if one company owns more and more television and radio stations? I do not. I think the diversity of message, the opportunities for Americans to hear different points of view, is really kind of key to our democracy. Yet, despite our votes on the floor of the Senate, at the last minute Chairman Stevens and the White House put a provision in this appropriations bill which allows a greater concentration of ownership of television stations.
The obvious question is: What is that doing in an appropriations bill? The obvious answer is: The special interests won and they won big. Viacom was a big winner. Rupert Murdoch and Fox Broadcasting were all big winners by this provision being slipped in the bill. It is no surprise that some of these conglomerates have a conservative bent to them and agree with the President's party. Well, they were handsomely rewarded in this appropriations bill.
The last point I will make is that of all of the things in this bill which will make life tougher, more difficult and challenging in America, there is one that is very basic. When one turns on the television news tonight, what is likely to be the lead story? Well, in Chicago, sadly, it is likely to be a violent crime, maybe a murder. We are showing some improvement there. We are reducing violent crime, but it is still a national scourge. Unfortunately, it is the result of the fact that guns often end up in the hands of the wrong people.
Under the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act, firearm dealers are prohibited from transferring firearms to anybody until there has been a search in the National Instant Criminal Background Check System and it is determined that selling this gun to this person would not violate the law. The kind of people who would be prohibited from buying guns are obvious: convicted felons, somebody convicted of a crime of domestic violence or under a domestic violence restraining order, or a fugitive. We do not want to sell guns to people who have demonstrated that they misuse them. That is a smart thing to do. So we submit the name of the person to the NICS system for a computer check to see if this person would be prohibited from having a firearm. If so, then we do not sell them the gun.
In addition, under the current regulations, the Department of Justice retains records of approved firearm sales for up to 90 days. If during the course of those 90 days, it obtains information that a gun has been sold to someone improperly, we are going to go get the gun.
So I asked the General Accounting Office what would happen if the Department of Justice was required to destroy these computer records of gun purchases within 24 hours. In other words, the Department of Justice is given only 24 hours to obtain additional information on a person's background, and they were not given the full 90 days that they have under the current law. What if it is limited to 24 hours? The General Accounting Office did a study for me. They came back and said the FBI would lose its ability to initiate firearm retrieval actions when new information reveals individuals who were approved to purchase firearms should not have been. Specifically, the GAO said during the first 6 months of the 90-day retention policy, the FBI used retained records to initiate 235 firearm retrieval actions, of which 228 could not have been initiated if there were a next-day destruction requirement.
Let me boil this down. If I want to buy a gun and I pass through the computer check, they have 90 days to obtain additional information regarding whether I should have been able to buy the gun. If they are told they have only 24 hours to gather this information, it means that 228 guns in a 6-month period would be given to convicted felons, people guilty of domestic violence, and fugitives, exactly the wrong people in America to have guns.
Now, who in the world would want to limit the ability of the Government to check on someone's background to make sure that criminals did not buy guns? One special interest group--the National Rifle Association. And they won, in this bill. They have a provision in this bill which will prohibit the FBI from obtaining information on a purchaser's background more than 24 hours after a sale is approved. What it means in this case is 228 felons and other prohibited persons in a 6-month period would end up with guns on the street.
Does that make you feel safer, America? It doesn't make me feel safer at all. It is the kind of mindless pressure by a special interest group that is being paid off for its political support with this provision in the appropriations bill, and that makes no sense at all. It is not going to make the streets of my State any safer. It isn't going to make it safer for the policemen who
get up every morning, who put that badge on over their heart and risk their lives for us every single day. It isn't going to make it safer for our children who are walking home from the bus or from the CTA train. It is not going to make it safer for America.
But there are smiles on the faces of the special interest group, the National Rifle Association. They won in this appropriations bill. They were able to limit the opportunity for Government to do its work, to keep guns out of the hands of criminals. That is another unfortunate outcome of this legislation.
So we will face this Omnibus appropriations bill after having defeated a motion to close down debate yesterday. I hope in the process a lot of Americans will pay close attention. This is one of the latest times I can remember major appropriations bills being enacted since I served in Congress. The fact is, the longer the bill languishes, the more likely it is subject to mischief. That is what happened here. Time and time again we saw the overtime pay issue, the issue of media ownership concentration, the issue of the background checks on guns, as well as the issue of country-of-origin labeling--all of these became victim to this debate that went on and on, on the appropriations bills, and ultimately the special interests won, Americans lost, and American families lost as well. I yield the floor.
Mr. President, we are having a crisis in the West. Actually, we are having a crisis anywhere that there are people who raise livestock. The crisis comes about as a result of neither fair trade nor…
Mr. President, we are having a crisis in the West. Actually, we are having a crisis anywhere that there are people who raise livestock. The crisis comes about as a result of neither fair trade nor free trade--in fact, the elimination of both. This bill is designed to make a correction in that. It is a clarification. I do not think the clarification would be necessary if enforcement were done, but this bill will clearly set out that a part of the problem can be solved.
Part of the crisis that particularly the small farmers and ranchers who raise livestock have is the drought we are having in the West. We are in the fourth year of a drought right now. That is resulting in a lot of for sale and auction signs going up on ranches. This is partly because they are not getting the proper price for their product. It is a controlled market; it is not a free market.
To bring it to a level that more people would understand, imagine trying to sell a house where the U.S. tradition might have changed so that everybody worked through a realtor, or at least 80 percent of the people worked through a realtor, and the realtor did not really show the house to other people. The realtor bought the house and then put it on the market themselves. The realtor had the capability to set the market price because of the other houses they owned.
That is what is happening with captive supply. There are a lot of technicalities to it. I sincerely hope my colleagues will take a look at it and understand it a little bit. It is very difficult. It is very detailed. It is very complicated to understand, but it is very important to understand. It is important to understand on behalf of the ranchers and consumers.
Now, one would think that if the price were being driven down for the rancher, those of us buying meat at the supermarket would get it for less. But if one tracks the price the ranchers are getting and the price the consumers are paying when the price goes down for the rancher, everything stays level for the consumer. So where is the money going? It is staying in the middle somewhere. We know where it is staying, and we know why it is staying, and it is control of the market. We do not usually allow that in the United States, but in this instance we allow it.
So 80 percent of the market is controlled by four packers, and they set the price. They set it in a way that the rancher has no control over it whatsoever. So the ones suffering this drought and suffering all the risk are the ones receiving the least money from the entire process. We do not believe in that in America. My bill is designed to change that.
Packers who practice price discrimination toward some producers and provide undue preferences to other producers are clearly in violation of the current law, but this law is not being enforced. What we are left with is unenforced laws or no laws at all to protect the independent producer. Since the Packers and Stockyards Act is not being enforced, and the cost to enforcing the law on a case-by-case basis in the courts is expensive and time consuming, today I propose the Senate take action.
Most laws require enforcement. They are like speed limits on a country road. No one pays attention to the sign unless the driver is sharing the road with an agent of the law who will enforce it--like a police car. This section of the Packers and Stockyards Act is like a sign on the road of commerce that no one is paying any attention to because the police are too busy doing something else.
The bill I am introducing today is not just another sign on the road, it is a speed bump. It does not just warn cars to go slower, it makes it more difficult for them to speed. Does it solve the whole problem? No, but it is one speed bump on the way to solving the problem.
My bill does two things to create the speed bump. It requires that livestock producers have a fixed base price in their contracts. It also puts these contracts up for bid in the open market where they belong. Under this bill, forward contracts and marketing agreements must contain a fixed base price on the day the contract is signed. Now, in other businesses, that sounds like how we already operate. But it is not the way the packer operates. Producers are only given a contract that says they will get a certain dollar above the average at the time of the slaughter. And then if the person who controls the market drives the price down, the average can be well below what they ever anticipated it would be.
Under this bill, forward contracts and marketing agreements must contain a fixed base price on the day the contract is signed. This prevents packers from manipulating the base price after the point of sale. You may hear allegations that this bill ends quality-driven production, but it does not prevent adjustments to the base price after slaughter for quality grade or other factors outside packer control. It prevents packers from changing the base price based on the factors they do control.
Contracts that are based on the futures market are also exempted from the bill's requirements. In an open market, buyers and sellers would have the opportunity to bid against each other for contracts and could witness bids that are made and accepted. That would be pretty unique if they knew what the prices were on the products, particularly when it is captive supply. Whether they take the opportunity to bid or not is their choice. The key is they have the access to do so.
I have worked on a number of bills and we have had success getting them through the Senate, and then the lobbying effort in conference knocks them out. That has sincerely convinced me there is a controlled market. Every attempt we make to provide a little speed bump is taken out and it is usually in conference. It usually passes the House, passes the Senate--not in identical form--but it has trouble in the conference committee. That is because there are a lot more lobbyists for the packers than there are for the small ranchers and livestock producers.
My bill also limits the size of the contracts to the rough equivalent of a load of livestock, meaning 40 cattle or
30 swine. It does not limit the number of contracts that will be offered by any individual. This key portion prevents small- and medium- sized livestock producers like those found in Wyoming from being shut out of deals containing thousands of livestock per contract. The more animals you have in the contract, the less likely it is that people can freely participate in the bidding process. It eliminates people.
We are sticking a small number of animals in each contract, but lots of contracts will help us to arrive at a more fair price for the livestock. Requiring a firm base price and an open and transparent market ends the potential for price discrimination, price manipulation, and undue preferences, the things mentioned in that 1921 act.
These are not the only benefits in my bill. It also preserves the very useful risk management tool that contracts provide to livestock producers. Contracts help producers plan and prepare for the future. My bill makes contracts and marketing agreements an even better risk management tool because it solidifies the base price for the producer. He is not guessing what he will sell it for; he has an exact price. Once the agreement is made, a producer can have confidence on shipping day in his ability to feed his family during the next year because he will know in advance how much he can expect to receive for his livestock.
This bill also encourages electronic trading. An open and public market would function much like the stock market where insider trading is prohibited. The stock market provides a solid example of how electronic livestock trading can work to the benefit of everyone involved. For example, price discovery in an open and electronic market is automatic. We tried a number of things to get price discovery so that the producers out there would have an idea what the true market is, whether it is being bought from other producers or being bought out of the captive supply. Every attempt we have made has been thwarted. They have found ways to put little loopholes in regulations so they do not have to report prices. That is not fair. It does not provide an open market.
Captive supply is still weighing on the minds and hurting the pocketbooks of ranchers in Wyoming and across the United States. Wyoming ranchers encourage me to keep up the good fight on this issue on every trip I make to my home State. I wish I had time to share some of the heartrending stories of the way they have been taken to the cleaners on these unique contracts they are forced to sign if they want to be able to sell their product.
The economic soul of Wyoming is built on the foundation of small towns and small businesses. All livestock producers, even small and medium ones, should have a fair chance to compete in an honest game that allows them to get the best price possible for their product. We must do everything we can to keep our small producers in business and protect the consumers. If there was a fluctuation out here on the other end where the consumer is, we might not have quite the same concern, but the consumer is not getting the benefit of this fixed market. So we need to change the fixed market.
We need to change captive supply. My bill removes one of the largest obstructions preventing livestock producers from competing, and that is formula price contracts. I ask my colleagues to assist me in giving their constituents and mine the chance to perform on a level playing field. It will help the economy of the entire United States. I ask for your help on this bill. We will be circulating some letters and further explanations so that we can have cosponsors; and pass the bill unanimously, I hope. I know that is a little difficult to obtain around here, but this is a very important issue and every State has livestock producers. It is time we took care of the livestock producers in a way that did not cost us a lot through enforcement.
I would love to see improved enforcement. I know there are other priority issues on enforcement, particularly since September 11, so I have tried to bring a little speed bump to provide accurate pricing. I ask for your help on the bill.
To reiterate:
Whenever there is a crisis the media has always served to focus the Nation's attention on the problem and who has been affected by it. Then it has been up to us, in the Congress, to review the problem and determine whether or not there was anything we could do to ease the suffering and repair the damage to someone's property and their livelihood.
Most of the time, when the media spots a crisis it is of such a magnitude that the pictures we see of the suffering are devastating and powerful. The images clearly cry out to us to take action and do what we can to restore, as much as possible, the lives of these people to normalcy.
We have all seen in these past few days the pictures of the devastating tornadoes that have wreaked havoc wherever they have touched down. Story after story has appeared in print and on television showing property destroyed, places of business torn in pieces, jobs in jeopardy and lives forever changed by the fury of a few moments of severe weather. Tornadoes do not last a long time, but they leave a path of devastation in their wake that leaves those affected by it forever changed.
Our thoughts and prayers go out to all of those who have been so affected and our hopes that they will be able to put their lives back together and go on as difficult as that will be to do.
As we view the devastation of those tornadoes, there are those in my State who have seen their livelihoods drastically affected by weather and unfair market policy, but they have not been so visible to us because we have not seen their faces on the nightly news or read their stories in the national newspapers. That is because not everyone who has seen their livelihood so drastically affected can be portrayed with quite the same kind of powerful images that depict those who have been touched by the ravages of severe weather patterns. Some problems that destroy livelihoods and weaken industries are far more subtle and more difficult to track.
Instead of being destroyed by a single blow, the industry I am referring to is being slowly put to death by the cruelest of methods-- thousands of small cuts brought on by the lethal combination of several years of drought, ambiguous regulations that are too easily taken advantage of and the lax enforcement of existing law which has allowed for the manipulation of the system to one group's advantage.
Our Nation's ranching industry is in trouble, and, due to the slower pace with which it has been affected, the only stark images we will see of the intensity of the problem are the ``for sale'' or ``up for auction'' signs that acknowledge the closing of a family owned ranch and the end of a family's dream that lasted for generations as the land and the business was handed down for many, many years.
Right now, as I speak, if you are a rancher in the West, you have two major problems affecting your ability to earn a living and provide for your family. The first is the continuing drought which has made it so difficult for ranchers to tend their cattle and provide them with good, affordable grazing.
The second is a regulatory nightmare that has held livestock producers captive by the chains of unfair and manipulative contracts. It is this regulatory nightmare that must be addressed, and which brings me to the floor today as I offer legislation to break the chains and require livestock contracts to contain a fixed base price and be traded in open, public markets.
So, what is this regulation that is destroying the health of our family ranchers? It's a practice called ``captive supply,'' a business practice not well known to those outside of the industry, but a practice that has had a tremendous impact on the ranchers of the West.
If you have not heard about the problem, I must point out that our ranchers have tried to bring it to our attention, but we have not fully focused on their needs. Whenever I travel to Wyoming, or hold a town meeting, or go over the week's mail that I receive from my constituents, I hear the cries for help from our ranchers in Wyoming, and throughout the West. One by one, and without exception, they are all clamoring for attention and relief so they can continue the work that so many in their family have done for so many years.
I could bring a stack of letters that come from people all across my State
about the problems they face. But, in the interest of time, I will read a small excerpt from one that will give you an idea of how bad things are in the ranching industry as our ranchers try to deal with captive supply.
A letter I received from a rancher in Lingle said that the issue of captive supply needed to be reviewed and addressed because it was ``slowly but surely putting small farmers/feeders out of business.'' He then added:
Until the existing laws are enforced in this area of
illegal activities, all other plans or laws will be of very
little consequence.
So what is captive supply and how is it harming our Nation's ranchers to such an extent? Simply put, captive supply refers to the ownership by meat packers of cattle or the contracts they issue to purchase livestock. It is done to ensure that packers will always have a consistent supply of livestock for their slaughterlines.
The original goal of captive supply makes good business sense. All businesses want to maintain a steady supply of animals to ensure a constant stream of production and control costs.
But captive supply allows packers to go beyond good organization and business performance--to market manipulation--and this is where the problem lies.
The packing industry is highly concentrated. Four companies control more than half of all U.S. hog slaughter and more than 80 percent of U.S. fed cattle slaughter. Using captive supply and the market power of concentration, packers can purposefully drive down the prices by refusing to buy in the open market. This deflates all livestock prices and limits the market access of producers that have not aligned with specific packers.
We made an attempt to address the problem of captive supply on the Senate floor, but the amendment to ban packer ownership of livestock more than 14 days before slaughter did not survive the conference committee on the farm bill. However, the problems caused by captive supplies are alive and well, just as Wyoming producers have testified to me in the phone calls, letters, faxes and emails I receive from them. Although I supported the packer ban and still do, I do not think that banning packer ownership of livestock will solve the entire captive supply problem. Packers are using numerous methods beyond direct ownership to control cattle and other livestock.
Currently, packers maintain captive supply through various means including direct ownership, forward contracts, and marketing agreements. The difference between the three is subtle, so let me take a moment to describe how they differ. Direct ownership refers to livestock owned by the packer. In forward contracts, producers agree to the delivery of cattle one week or more before slaughter with the price determined before slaughter. Forward contracts are typically fixed, meaning the base price is set.
As with forward contracts, marketing agreements also call for the delivery of livestock more than one week before slaughter, but the price is determined at or after slaughter. A formula pricing method is commonly used for cattle sold under marketing agreements. In formula pricing, instead of a fixed base price, an external reference price, such as the average price paid for cattle at a certain packing plant during one week, is used to determine the base price of the cattle. I find this very disturbing because the packer has the ability to manipulate the weekly average at a packing plant by refusing to buy in the open market. Unfortunately, marketing agreements and formula pricing are much more common than forward contracts.
In fact, the data published by USDA's Agricultural Marketing Service indicates that in the first week of May 2003, 39,149 of the cattle slaughtered were sold through a forward contract. By comparison, 207,955 of the cattle slaughtered were marketed through formula pricing marketing agreements. Packers were using five times as many formula pricing marketing agreements as forward contracts to purchase their slaughter cattle. As we can see, packers use more marketing agreements because of the advantages those ambiguous contracts give them over producers.
In the same week, 36,899 of the cattle slaughtered were directly owned by packers. These numbers demonstrate that the problem of captive supply is far more extensive than just packer ownership. In the first week of May, packer owned cattle only comprised 13 percent of captive cattle slaughtered. This is why we must act to solve the entire captive supply problem.
I realize it may be difficult to grasp the seriousness of the situation if you are not familiar with the cattle market. Most of us have not signed a contract to sell a load of livestock, but many of us have sold a house. To illustrate the seriousness of the problem, let's explore how you would sell a house using a formula-priced contract in a market structured like the current livestock market.
It is May, and you know you will be selling your home in September. As a wise seller, you want to find a buyer for your home before that time. It turns out that other people do not really buy homes from each other anymore. In fact, four main companies have taken over 80 percent of all real estate transactions. You really have no choice but to deal with one of these companies.
One of them offers you a contract, stating you will receive $10,000 over the average price of what other, similar homes are selling for in your area in September. To manage your risk and ensure a buyer, you have just been practically forced to sign a contract that doesn't specify how much you will receive for your house.
That tingle of fear in the pit of your stomach becomes full-fledged panic when you close the deal in September. You see, the four real estate companies have been planning ahead. They decide to pull away from the market. All the homes selling in September that are not contracted to the companies flood the market and the price for homes in your area drops $12,000. By trying to manage your risk, you sold your home for $2,000 below average.
As a homeowner, you would be outraged, wouldn't you? You would want to know why anyone had the ability to legally take advantage of you. Livestock producers have the same questions when they lose to the market pressures applied by captive supply. Captive supply gives packers the ability to discriminate against some producers. And those producers pay for it with their bottom line. At the same time, packers use contracts and marketing agreements to give privileged access and premiums to other producers regardless of the quality of their product. These uses of captive supply should be illegal. In fact, they are.
Section 202 of the Packers and Stockyards Act states in (3) (a) and (b):
It shall be unlawful for any packer with respect to
livestock . . . to:
(a) Engage in or use any unfair, unjustly discriminatory,
or deceptive practice or device; or
(b) Make or give any undue or unreasonable preference or
advantage to any particular person or locality in any
respect, or subject any particular person or locality to any
undue or unreasonable prejudice or disadvantage in any
respect.
Packers who practice price discrimination toward some producers and provide undue preferences to other producers are clearly in violation of the law. But this law is not being enforced. So what we are left with are unenforced laws or no laws at all to protect the independent producer. Since the Packers and Stockyards Act is not being enforced and the cost of enforcing the law on a case-by-case basis in the courts is expensive and time-consuming, today I propose that the Senate take action.
Most laws require enforcement. They are like speed limits on a country road. No one pays the sign any attention unless the driver is sharing the road with an agent of the law who will enforce it--like a police car. This section of the Packers and Stockyards Act is like a sign on the road of commerce that no one is paying attention to because the police are busy doing something else. The bill I am introducing today is not just another sign on the road. It is a speed bump. It does not just warn cars to go slower, it makes it much more difficult for them to speed.
My bill does two things to create the speed bump. It requires that livestock producers have a fixed base price in their contracts. It also puts these contracts up for bid in the open market where they belong.
Under this bill, forward contracts and marketing agreements must contain a fixed, base price on the day the contract is signed. This prevents packers from manipulating the base price
after the point of sale. You may hear allegations that this bill ends quality-driven production, but it does not prevent adjustments to the base price after slaughter for quality, grade or other factors outside packer control. It prevents packers from changing the base price based on factors that they do control. Contracts that are based on the futures market are also exempted from the bill's requirements.
In an open market, buyers and sellers would have the opportunity to bid against each other for contracts and could witness bids that are made and accepted. Whether they take the opportunity to bid or not is their choice, the key here is that they have access to do so.
My bill also limits the size of contracts to the rough equivalent of a load of livestock, meaning 40 cattle or 30 swine. It does not limit the number of contracts that can be offered by an individual. This key portion prevents small and medium-sized livestock producers, like those found in Wyoming, from being shut out of deals that contain thousands of livestock per contract.
Requiring a firm base price and an open and transparent market ends the potential for price discrimination, price manipulation and undue preferences. These are not the only benefits of my bill. It also preserves the very useful risk management tool that contracts provide to livestock producers. Contracts help producers plan and prepare for the future. My bill makes contracts and marketing agreements an even better risk management tool because it solidifies the base price for the producer. Once the agreement is made, a producer can have confidence on shipping day in his ability to feed his family during the next year because he will know in advance how much he can expect to receive for his livestock.
This bill also encourages electronic trading. An open and public market would function much like the stock market, where insider trading is prohibited. The stock market provides a solid example of how electronic livestock trading can work to the benefit of everyone involved. For example, price discovery in an open and electronic market is automatic.
Captive supply is still weighing on the minds and hurting the pocketbooks of ranchers in Wyoming and across the United States. Wyoming ranchers encourage me to keep up the good fight on this issue on every trip I make to my home State. The economic soul of Wyoming is built on the foundation of small towns and small businesses. All livestock producers, even small and medium-sized ones, should have a fair chance to compete in an honest game that allows them to get the best price possible for their product. We must do everything we can to keep our small producers in business.
My bill removes one of the largest obstructions preventing livestock producers from competing--formula-priced contracts. I ask my colleagues to assist me in giving their constituents and mine the chance to perform on a level playing field.
I yield the floor.
Show 8 more
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded. Mr. President, one of the worst provisions in this shameful bill is the provision that will take away the right…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, one of the worst provisions in this shameful bill is the provision that will take away the right of overtime pay to millions of loyal and hard-working Americans. That provision also shows the enormous gulf between what the Bush administration says and what it does.
Again and again, President Bush talks about providing economic security for all Americans, and then he
quietly tries to deny millions of workers their basic right to overtime.
If you have to work overtime, you deserve overtime pay. No employer should deny you that right, and no President and no Congress should take it away from you.
In his State of the Union speech last night, the President said his jobs and growth agenda would include ``relief from needless Federal regulation.'' Apparently, he believes protecting employees' overtime pay is a needless regulation.
Millions of employees across America disagree with that. This proposal makes clear that the Bush administration is working overtime for the corporations and against the workers of America. We are fighting a war in Iraq, and this President and this administration is also waging a war on workers here at home.
Thirteen million children are going hungry every day; 8 million Americans are unemployed with no jobs in sight; 7 million workers have been waiting since 1997 for the raise they deserve in the minimum wage; 90,000 workers a week are losing their unemployment benefits. They can't find jobs in the Bush economy, and the President took away their unemployment benefits, too. And more than 8 million workers will lose their overtime pay because President Bush says they don't deserve it.
Majorities in both the Senate and the House agreed that the Bush administration was wrong to deny overtime protections to workers, and by a vote in the Senate and a vote in the House of Representatives, we said to the President: You are wrong. But here it is. They took it out of this bill behind closed doors at the last minute, and now they expect Congress to accept that because the vote is on this larger bill.
We could change this bill in a minute and send it on to the President, and that is what we ought to do. We know for whom we are fighting on this issue, and we know why we are fighting--for their right to keep the overtime pay they deserve.
We are fighting for the nurse who burns the midnight oil day in and day out caring for the sick and the elderly. We are fighting for the firefighters, the law enforcement officers, the first responders--the heroes of homeland security--the men and women standing watch and working night and day to protect our safety. They are our generation of Paul Reveres prepared to act when danger comes. They deserve fair pay for all they do.
We are fighting for our veterans and for our men and women serving so bravely now in Iraq and across the world who return to civilian life only to find that the training they learned in the military will now be used to deny them their right to overtime pay.
I want to point out what this proposed regulation under professional employees is all about and what it states. I will include the whole provision but included in the provision--listen to this, Mr. President--is:
The word ``customary'' means that exemption is also available to the employees in such professions--these will be the people who are included in the rule and, therefore, ineligible for overtime--it says:
The exemption is also available to employees in such
professions who have substantially the same knowledge level
as the degreed employees--
Those are generally the 4-year degree employees to whom they are referring.
but who attained such knowledge through a combination of work
experience, training in the Armed Forces--
Training in the Armed Forces. This is the first time they have included that you can be ineligible for overtime pay if you have been trained in the Armed Forces.
I say to my colleagues, what are the kinds of training they get in the Armed Forces? The Army, for example, offers new recruits a choice of over 200 occupations, each of which includes training and a listing of the civilian occupations for which training could help them find a job. This proposal would punish the veterans with loss of overtime protection precisely because they have received the exact same training that is used as a recruitment incentive.
The military trains service members for hundreds of occupations, including lab technicians and other health care occupations, information technology, engineers, drafters, designers, air traffic controllers, communications specialists, law enforcement, firefighters, security personnel, journalists, and the list goes on.
If you go into the Armed Forces, you serve in Iraq, you come back, you have received training programs. Under these regulations, you are ineligible for overtime.
That is unconscionable. Why did they put in the service members' training programs in the Armed Forces for the first time? This is put in for the first time in changes to the rules. This is the first time in the history of overtime, going back to the Fair Labor Standards Act, that they have included this training.
I am absolutely amazed, at a time when we are asking our service men and women to do so much and while they are in Iraq and elsewhere, we are passing a regulation in this omnibus bill that is going to say when they come back that if they have been trained in any of these areas, they will be considered, under these regulations, a professional and be ineligible for overtime, after they have been risking their lives for the American people. Does that make sense? Permit us to have an up-or- down vote on that, Mr. Republican Leadership? Permit the Senate to vote on that and see what the sentiment is? Oh, no. Just tuck it into the regulation, behind closed doors; put it in there with everything else and let it become law without giving Congress a say.
I do not know what that will mean in the future if that happens because we know that the incentives--one of the reasons that many young people go into the Armed Forces is because of the various training and educational benefits. Effectively, the Bush plan would do away with the standard requirement and allow equivalent training in the Armed Forces to substitute for the 4-year degree and therefore make these veterans ineligible. These training programs, as I say, have been a primary incentive for attracting people into the Armed Forces.
Do my colleagues understand that? It says here--I am reading right from it--training in the Armed Forces, and it goes on: Comma, or other intellectual instructions, training in the Armed Forces.
So that is what would happen to thousands of those men and women who are over in Iraq and Afghanistan, scattered around the world. They come on back. This proposal goes into effect. Their employer is going to look down and say, oh, Jim, by the way, you were in a training program before you went over to Iraq and you were trained, and it says in these rules here I do not have to pay you overtime because that is right in these rules.
So we are fighting for our veterans and fighting for our men and women serving bravely now in Iraq and across the world, who return to civilian life only to find that the training they earned in the military will now be used to deny them their right to overtime pay.
Most cynical of all, the Bush administration claims that its plan would actually entitle low-income workers to qualify for overtime. The Department of Labor has distributed guidelines to employers on the steps that they can take to avoid the need to pay that overtime. Just calculate the pay an employee now gets with overtime included and then cut the employee's basic pay enough to reduce the total to what it was before.
Is there anybody who doubts what is going on? This is basically a sop to companies and corporations around the country in order to squeeze employees even further. There are more than eight million out of work. Last quarter we found employment increased by only 1,000. They expected close to 300,000. It increased by only 1,000. There are so many workers who are eligible for unemployment insurance even though they have paid in for it, 90,000 at the end of this week which will be the end of all of their unemployment compensation. Did we hear anything about that last evening? I did not.
So is that cynical or what? How redhanded do we have to catch this administration before the American people understand what is being done to them? Always it is the Bush administration putting corporate profits over the well-being of American workers. The Department of Labor's mission is to promote the welfare of the job seekers, wage earners, and retirees of the
United States, and that is what it says on the Department's Web site. It does not say promote the bottom line for businesses.
The last thing American workers need in today's troubled economy is a pay cut like that. Staff Sergeant John Miller, who performs homeland security and other public safety duties in the District of Columbia National Guard, is concerned that he and many in his department will lose their overtime pay because of the Bush plan. He recently testified that eliminating overtime pay will have a devastating impact on his department's ability to perform vital public safety responsibilities. Without his overtime pay, he said his family could no longer afford their current mortgage or save for college for their two teenage children.
Thousands of veterans will lose their overtime pay as well. Under current law, workers can be denied overtime protection if they are in the category of the professional employees. In general, it is only workers with a 4-year degree in a professional field who will be classified as professional. The Bush plan will abolish this standard and allow equivalent training in the Armed Forces to be routinely substituted for a 4-year degree. How is that for a slap in the face to our courageous men and women fighting in Iraq?
Cutbacks in overtime pay are a nightmare that no worker should have to bear. Nationwide overtime pay makes up a quarter of a worker's total pay. The administration's policy will mean an average pay cut of $160 a week for every worker. That is an outrage.
Hard-working Americans deserve a pay raise, not a pay cut.
It is wrong for the administration to try to force the unfair pay cut on them. More than 2 million jobs have been lost since President Bush took office. Unemployment is a massive problem, especially in hard times such as these. Overtime pay is exactly the incentive needed for job creation, because it encourages employers to hire more workers, instead of requiring current employees to work longer hours. We need a job creation policy, but all the Bush administration proposes is a job destruction policy.
The overtime pay requirement and the Fair Labor Standards Act has been a fundamental right of American workers for more than half a century. That basic law was enacted in the 1930s to create the 40-hour week. It says workers have to be paid time and a half for extra hours. Since 1938, that has been the law.
According to the Congressional General Accounting Office, employees without overtime protection are twice as likely to work overtime as those covered by protection. Americans are working longer hours today than ever before, longer than any industrialized nation. I will show this in the following illustrations.
This chart shows that Americans work more hours than workers in any other industrialized nation in the world. The United States is right over here on this chart. We can also compare Denmark, France, Ireland, Netherlands, the UK, Italy, and Germany. This was in 2001. It is still relevant in terms of the current time. We can see workers in the United States work considerably more than any other country in the world. So they are No. 1 in the workplace.
The second chart shows that if one does not have overtime protection, this is what happens: Workers without the overtime protections are more than twice as likely to work longer hours, more than 40 hours a week without protection. Forty-four percent of workers who had no overtime protection worked more than 40 hours a week, compared to 19 percent of those with the overtime protection, well more than double. If it is more than 50 hours a week, those without overtime protection work three times longer than those who have the protection.
Who is affected by this? All one has to do is see under the recommendation of the Bush administration of the 8 million people, what are the classifications? It is very interesting. We are talking about police officers. We are talking about nurses. We are talking about firefighters. They are the backbone of the homeland security, the front line responders. The dangers we are facing from bioterrorism, who is out there first? The firefighters, policemen, and nurses. This proposal will effectively eliminate their overtime. We should not be eliminating it.
We ask them to take vaccines in a number of instances where we are unsure about what the outcomes are going to be. We do not even provide them with adequate compensation if they are going to get ill or sick as a result of it. We ask them to do all kinds of things.
Now their reward will be we will find that, under the proposal that is in this legislation, their overtime pay will be effectively eliminated.
The same department that is tasked to protect American workers and enhance the employer's workplace and enhance the opportunity for work in this country put out the proposal about how to avoid paying your employees overtime. That is courtesy of the Bush Department of Labor.
There it is. They just spell it out for us. The Department of Labor spells out how the employer can circumvent paying any kind of overtime if they are doing it even today, and gives every employer who wants to the way in which they can undermine it.
Congress cannot stay silent and roll over while more and more Americans lose their jobs, their livelihoods, their homes, their dignity, and their hope. We will be fighting other battles in this session, battles to restore jobs, guarantee fair unemployment benefits, raise the minimum wage. The place to start is here. Let's at least not allow the Bush administration to take the country backwards on this fundamental issue, the right to overtime pay when workers are forced to work overtime by their employers. Let's preserve the overtime protections on which so many millions of working families across the country depend today. Why should their standard of living have to go down so employers can make higher profits by squeezing workers harder?
I would like to address one other issue that is related to the workers of this country, and that is the issue of the unemployment compensation. The Federal extension of unemployment benefits expired December 31 and 90,000 workers a week have been running out of benefits. The economy lost 2.4 million jobs since President Bush took office and at the December rate of job growth it would take 200 years to return to prerecession jobs levels. American workers can't wait that long. Nearly 15 million Americans are out of work, including discouraged and underemployed workers, and the number of long-term unemployed remains unacceptably high at 2 million.
Historically, job loss during a recession is about 50 percent temporary and 50 percent permanent. Today, nearly 80 percent of the job loss is permanent. As a result, many of the unemployed will not return to work soon.
Today, there is only one job opening for every three out-of-work Americans. The Republican leadership continues to paint a rosy picture of the economy while ignoring these workers. House majority leader Tom DeLay has said he sees ``no reason'' to extend unemployment benefits and the Bush administration has been silent on the issue. Democratic Senators have asked for unanimous consent to take up and pass a Federal unemployment extension more than a dozen times. Each time the Republicans say no.
The program was enacted in March 2002 and extended in January 2003 and May 2003. It provided 13 weeks of unemployment benefits in most States, and 26 weeks in high unemployment States. Today, due to the criteria used to define high unemployment, only one state qualifies as a high unemployment State, Alaska, despite continuing unemployment in many other States.
The bill would reinstitute and extend the Federal Unemployment Insurance Program for 6 months, and ensure that high unemployment States continue to be covered.
I see my friend and colleague on the other side. I have just mentioned to the Senate we are now at the point where we are losing 90,000 workers a week, those who are losing coverage on unemployment. We still have some 15 million Americans out of work, including the discouraged and underemployed workers. And the number of long-term unemployed remains unacceptably high--nearly 2 million.
Historically, as I mentioned, the job loss during a recession is about 50 percent temporary and 50 percent permanent. Today it is 80 percent permanent.
These are real people with real needs--families, mortgages to pay, food to put on the table. If we are going to have an expanding economy, it should not be done at the expense of one sector of our economy. It should be a tide that raises all the boats. There is no question that Wall Street is doing well. There is no question that a number of our companies are having extraordinary profits.
But we have these two issues, one denying the 8 million Americans the overtime, including veterans. And now we have a proposal to permit the extension of the unemployment compensation for those who have paid into the program and who are in dire need.
I ask unanimous consent the Senate proceed to the immediate consideration of S. 2006, a bill to extend unemployment benefits for 6 months, which I introduced yesterday; that the bill be read a third time, passed, the motion to reconsider be laid on the table, and any statements appear in the Record as though read.
I say to the Senator, it is essentially the same plan we passed before. The bill will reinstate the insurance program for 6 months, ensure that higher unemployment States continue to be covered-- 13 weeks; 13 weeks. It is the narrower program.
Mr. President, just to respond briefly, as this chart indicates, our economy has lost 2.4 million jobs since the President took office. The job creation has been anemic. The economy created only 1,000 jobs in December. At the December rate of job growth, it would take 200 years to return to the level of jobs we had when President Bush first took office.
The reality is that the estimate of the administration was that we were going to create 300,000 jobs as a result of the tax cut. It is down to 1,000. The reason we have seen the move from 5.9 to 5.7 percent in unemployment is basically that so many people have been disillusioned. They have given up. We put this program in, which I support, at a time when unemployment was 5.7 percent, the exact same percent that it is now. But it is objected to.
It is true the plans are costly, but we know that the fund itself which the workers have paid into has nearly $20 billion. This would cost about $7 billion. That represents funds the workers have paid in for just this kind of rainy day. But no, we are being objected to.
In the early 1990s, Congress extended the unemployment benefit five times. That program did not end until the economy had more jobs than before the recession began.
This is a fair enough test, it seems to me. But when you have 90,000 Americans who have worked--these are Americans who have worked hard, played by the rules, have families, mortgages, and paid into the fund. The fund is in surplus, and we have 90,000 who are losing their coverage. This is a temporary program. It is short term--6 months, about $7 billion, with nearly $20 billion in surplus.
Workers are entitled to this kind of protection. They are entitled to a minimum wage. They work 40 hours a week 52 weeks of the year so they don't have to live in poverty. Most Americans believe that. They understand, for example, when we have the chance to increase the minimum wage that we have been blocked for 7 years. For 7 years, Republicans have blocked it. They block increasing the minimum wage. They block extending unemployment compensation. They initiate rules to eliminate overtime.
This is the record. When we talk about the minimum wage, it is obviously a women's issue because most of the people who receive the minimum wage are women. It is a children's issue because great numbers of those women have children. It is a civil rights issue because many of those who work at minimum wage are men and women of color. And it is a fairness issue.
We can't get the chance to vote on these matters. There is objection. How long did we hear last fall about, we ought to be able to vote on Medicare? Let the people vote up and down. But no, no, we can't with regard to the unemployment compensation. We can't get a vote on increasing the minimum wage. They have refused to permit this institution to have a vote again on the overtime limitations for 8 million people because there is objection. I think that is wrong.
We look forward to another opportunity to come back and address these issues in a way where hopefully we will be able to get a vote.
Mr. President, very briefly, we will have an opportunity to debate this further. We were denied an up-and-down vote on the minimum wage just last year when the Republican leadership pulled the State Department bill from the floor rather than let us vote on the minimum wage amendment.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent to consume as much time as I will. Mr. President, I listened to my colleague, Senator Frist, who is the majority leader. I have great respect for him. His call…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent to consume as much time as I will.
Mr. President, I listened to my colleague, Senator Frist, who is the majority leader. I have great respect for him. His call for bipartisanship is certainly welcome. I say to him and to others that those of us who serve in the Senate come here wanting to do good things for our country. We have a passion for good public policy that will advance America's interests.
But I must say, in the past year or so the evidence of bipartisanship is hard to find with respect to the way the White House and the majority in this Senate have dealt with the minority. We would welcome true bipartisanship.
I must also point out, while I think there are areas where we have made progress in this country, there are some very significant issues with which we must deal.
We have the largest budget deficit in history, and, no, it is not because of a war, it is not because of a recession. We had testimony at a hearing yesterday that said the largest part of this deficit is as a result of recurring tax cuts, very large tax cuts, the bulk of which went to the largest income earners in this country. If you earn $1 million a year, good for you; you are very fortunate. You, also, under this administration's tax plan, get nearly $100,000 in a tax cut each year as well.
We have a very large and growing Federal budget deficit, the largest in history. The President proposes increased defense spending, increased homeland security spending, and then decreased revenue. I went to a really small school, but mathematics is still the same. One and one equals two. That fiscal policy equals very large budget deficits.
We have a responsibility--all of us, Republicans and Democrats--to our children to put this fiscal policy back on track. This President inherited a large and growing budget surplus. We now have the largest budget deficit in history, and we must fix it.
We have the largest trade deficit in history, and we have to fix that. This administration is negotiating new trade agreements that, incidentally, will once again ship more American jobs overseas. It makes no sense to me for us to do that. We do have a global economy, but we ought not set American workers and American businesses up for competition against those around the world who will work 12-year-olds 12 hours a day for 12 cents an hour and then ship their products to the store shelves in America. That is not fair competition for American workers and American business. That is only about larger profits for multinationals. We need a better trade policy and to reduce those trade deficits as well.
We have many problems, significant problems, we have to address. I welcome bipartisanship. I hope Republicans and Democrats, who seek the same goal, who have the same interests and urges to improve this country, can work together.
But I want to talk a little about this Omnibus appropriations bill and describe why some of us are concerned about the lack of bipartisanship at the end of the last session and about the partisanship, especially that was exhibited. I want to talk about things that were put in this Omnibus appropriations bill, or things that were taken out, and how that was done, and why that was done, and why we think it is bad public policy.
First, let me talk about country-of-origin labeling. That is just a slogan. Not many people, perhaps, know what that is about. Let me describe it.
Upton Sinclair in 1906 wrote a book called ``The Jungle.'' He was describing what happened in America's meatpacking plants. They had a rat problem, and so what they did to control the rats was they would take loaves of bread and lace them with poison and lay them around these meat plants so the rats would eat the poison. The rats would die and they would put the bread and the rats down the same hole, and out the back of those packing plants came sausage sent to the American consumer.
Well, Upton Sinclair wrote about that, exposed it in a book called ``The Jungle.'' That led to tough new laws, inspections, saying you cannot do that. This is about the health and safety of the American people and the health and safety of America's food supply.
Country-of-origin labeling is about labeling food in this country. The necktie I am wearing has a label on it. I looked at it this morning. All neckties have labels. Why? Because they are required to have labels. I know where this necktie was made. In fact, I know where the shoes I am wearing were made.
But not everything is labeled. And especially in the advent of a case of mad cow disease, discovered in the State of Washington, with a cow that came into this country from Canada, or the case of the people who died from hepatitis in this country, and the hundreds who remain ill by hepatitis as a result of spring onions that came into this country from Mexico, the American consumers ought to have the right to have their food labeled.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent to show a piece of meat on the floor of the Senate.
This happens to be a steak. I would ask if there is anyone who could tell me where this particular steak came from? The answer is no. It is not labeled. Did it come from Canada? You do not know. Did it come from Mexico? You will not know. Guatemala? No. This meat is not labeled.
Let me read something about a packing plant in Mexico for the interest of the consumers in this country. In May of 1999, one inspector paid a surprise visit to a meatpacking plant in Mexico. This is what he said he found: ``Shanks and briskets were contaminated with feces . . . diseased-condemned carcass was observed ready for boning and distribution in commerce.'' But then the Mexican officials went to work to restore that plant's ability to sell meat into America. The Mexican plant regained its export license. It switched owners. It changed its name. It sells meat into America. And USDA has never returned. It has never again been inspected.
Do you want to know whether this meat came from that plant? I do. The American consumer ought to know.
This Omnibus appropriations bill contains something that is pernicious on this issue. We passed a law that is the law of the land that requires food labeling, meat labeling, and the Department of Agriculture will not implement it. This appropriations bill, with no debate and no discussion in the Congress, put a provision in this appropriations bill that says we shall delay, by 2 years, the implementation of this act. Why? Because they want to kill it. Why? Because the big packing plants got to them, and they don't like this.
The USDA says it is hard to implement. Nonsense. We can drive a vehicle on the surface of Mars and we cannot put labels on meat? Total nonsense. This is about big interests versus others. It is about consumers and farmers and ranchers being together in whose interest it is that we label meat and food.
On the other side are the big grocery manufacturers, the big packing houses that have fought this tooth and nail, and this administration and the majority in this Congress who listen to only one voice; and that is the biggest interests--the bigger interests. They are the winners. They are always the winners in this fight.
So the country-of-origin labeling provision in this bill is wrong. It was never debated. It was never agreed to. It ought to come out. Those who went into a room and wrote these provisions and stuck them into this appropriations bill ought to go back into the same room and fix it. We do not know which room it is. We do not know who they are because this was a partisan exercise. They did not invite Democrats. It was a partisan exercise. What they did is they served big business interests by sticking this sort of nonsense in the bill. That is country-of-origin labeling.
Let me describe something else. How about overtime? This is not about meat. I will put the meat away. I thank the Presiding Officer for allowing me to show a piece of steak on the floor of the Senate. There is not one Member of the Senate who would know where that meat came from because it is not labeled. It might have come from a plant in Mexico. It might have come from Guatemala. You do not know. I do not know. We do not know, but we ought to know. That is what the majority wants to prevent us and all consumers from knowing; and that is why they are wrong.
Let me talk about overtime. Let me talk about workers in this country. Do you know, for 65 years we have had a kind of pact in this country, a rule and a law that says if you want to work somebody overtime, you have a responsibility to pay them overtime pay? It is called the 40-hour workweek. We say, if you want to tell your employees you are going to work overtime, 10 hours of overtime every week, yours is a 50-hour week, you have a responsibility to pay them overtime pay.
The Department of Labor is now preparing to decide that they are going to change the overtime rules. Why? To make it easier for business to work people overtime without having to pay them. People whose judgments I respect say that up to 8 million Americans would be required to work overtime with no pay under this provision.
So we in the Senate and in the House, on a bipartisan basis, put a provision in this appropriations bill that says you cannot do that, Department of Labor; you cannot do that to the American worker. Guess what. In that same closed room, they took that provision out. It was bipartisan, voted on in both the House and Senate, but big business didn't like it, so it is gone. It is just gone.
The American workers deserve better than that. Do we really want to say to 8 million workers out there that we don't care about their families, about their income needs? We just care that after 65 years we want to change the overtime requirements so if their employer wants to work them overtime, they can. They don't have to hire more people. Why would they have to do that? They could just work people 50 hours a week because it doesn't cost any more. They can work them 50 hours a week with no overtime pay, or they can get rid of their job and hire somebody else.
For 65 years, we have had this overtime rule. These folks want to change it and hurt up to 8 million American workers.
That is in this Omnibus bill--the exclusion of the provision that Republicans and Democrats in the House and Senate put in. It was wrong to do that. They ought to put that exclusion in so we can block these rules and stand on the side of the American worker.
Let me talk about one more: Broadcast ownership. I will tell you why I am talking about these. It may be that those who do this have ear plugs; maybe they hear nothing. I don't know. I have told often of my hometown of 400 people, a tiny town in the southwest ranching country of North Dakota. I used to go down to see a blacksmith, John Krebs. I was fascinated to watch him work. He wore these big gloves and he had this forge. He would pump that thing and get a fire going, and then I would watch him put a piece of steel in this fire. The steel would heat up until it was almost white hot, and they would take it out with a big tool and go over to an anvil
and start to pound on it and bend it. You can bend it when you put heat on steel.
That is a lot like politics. When you apply heat, that is when things bend in politics. That is what this is about, trying to apply heat to those who went into a room and said we are going to get rid of meat labeling, or we are going to let the Labor Department tell 8 million people they have to work without overtime pay for more than 40 hours a week, or broadcast ownership, which is interesting for me.
Broadcast ownership. Who owns America's radio and television stations? That is a big issue. We voted on that issue in the Senate and in the House of Representatives. The judgment and decision we made was taken out of this conference after the conference made the decision and closed the title by unanimous consent. I was a conferee; that is how I know. The conference report on this Omnibus bill dealt with what both the House and Senate had decided, and that is that we will restrict to 35 percent national ownership, the ownership of television stations. And that was standing up to the big interests, taking on the big broadcast interests. We did it, Republicans and Democrats together. We passed legislation in both the House and the Senate, with Republican and Democratic support.
When we finished, we went to conference. Sitting in the conference, when we came to that title, I asked the chairman of the conference: Let me understand what you now intend to put in this conference report because they were about to close the title. I said: On the broadcast ownership issue, will this conference report include the 35-percent restriction that passed the House and Senate on a bipartisan basis? The answer was that, yes, it includes the position of the House and Senate, the 35 percent. I said that I will then have no objection to closing this title. Bang, the gavel came down, the title was closed, and the conference resolved that issue. It was done.
Mr. President, that is not what is in this bill. That is not what came from the conference. I was driving down the road in my car about a week later and I heard on the radio that the Senate was negotiating with the President on a different number. That is what is in this bill. Apparently, conferences don't matter. The gavel doesn't matter. The chairman closing a title doesn't matter. None of it mattered. None of it was on the level. What is in this conference report expands the ownership capability of broadcast ownership in television and radio-- television with respect to this issue--in a way it abridges the decision made first by the House, then by the Senate, then by the conference.
I would like just one person to explain to me that process, or the rules that allow that process to bring that to the floor of the Senate. What is this about? It is about whether you are going to stand up in this country for broad-based economic ownership, or whether you believe in the area of broadcast properties--those who determine what we see and what we hear and read, which increasingly are just a few people in this country--whether you believe they ought to be bigger and bigger and bigger. One company now owns over 1,200 radio stations in this country. I could bring out charts about all the broadcast properties in television and radio. You would see there is this orgy of mergers and acquisitions and a dramatic and damaging concentration.
That is what this fight was about in the Senate and House. In fact, the Senate passed a resolution of disapproval that I, along with Senator Lott and others, on a bipartisan basis, passed in the Senate--a resolution that disapproved the entire Federal communications rule dealing with expanding the ownership capabilities of the big groups for radio and television and allowing cross ownership of newspapers and broadcast media. We passed that resolution of disapproval in the Senate that would disapprove the entire rule. That is now pending in the House of Representatives at the desk. It is only about 10 signatures short of passing there. They have, I think, 208 signatures.
You know what. Somewhere in a closed room, with just a few folks deciding, they abridged the decision by the House, the decision by the Senate, and explicit decision by the conference committee of which I was a member, with respect to broadcast ownership in television. I think that is a horrible policy choice, aside from the fact that, in my judgment, it casts aside all the rules as to how we do business.
It is fundamentally wrong for this Congress to weigh in and say, by the way, the sky is the limit; own everything you want. Let's have one company owning 3,000 radio stations. Let's have two companies owning all the TV stations. You know that the FCC rule says that in one big American city it will be just fine if you own three television stations, eight radio stations, the cable company, and the major newspaper. That is fine.
It is not fine with me. It is not the way things ought to be in this country. Yet it doesn't matter how we vote in the Congress. What matters is what a few people stick in an omnibus report that comes to us, which contains provisions that were not debated and not supported by either the House or the Senate. Why? I will tell you why. On virtually all of these issues, the White House says if you mess around with what we don't like, we will veto this.
We have compliant folks who bow and say if you say ``veto,'' let us take it out. By all means, let us satisfy the White House, forgetting, I guess, that there are separate branches in the Government. We are not the White House.
The President has not vetoed a thing since he has been President. If he wants to, that is fine. Does he want to make his first veto the country-of-origin labeling, or the issue of overtime? Does he want to make his first veto broadcast ownership limits? Maybe he wants to explain that to the American people, when the question is whose side are you on? The answer from the White House must always be that they are on the side of the big interests. Maybe he should explain that. But we will never, apparently, confront those issues of the veto threats because in every circumstance in this Omnibus, things were put in, or things were left out that thwart the will of the U.S. Congress.
What happened here is arrogant, just plain arrogant. So if you wonder why we are upset, I have explained three of them: overtime, country-of- origin labeling for food, and broadcast ownership. There are six or eight. I could go through more, but I will not. This is wrong, what happened to this conference report, flat wrong.
The majority leader is a good man. I am proud to serve with him. When he says to us let's have some bipartisanship, I say to him absolutely. But what they did on a partisan basis is arrogant.
There are provisions in this conference report that shouldn't be here, and provisions that should be here that were taken out. It was arrogant. They know it. This is not something we are going to allow to happen again. This place cannot and will not function this way.
I want this to be a bipartisan institution as well. While we might disagree from time to time, and we have people of good character having a raucous debate, that is just fine. This country will get, in my judgment, the benefit of what all of us have to offer if we have a good debate. I think Republicans have something significant to offer our country, as do Democrats.
There are times when we have aggressive debate about issues, and we pick the best of a competition of ideas. There are other times when we work together where we are near unanimous agreement. But this is not the way to work. This mistreats the minority. We are a significant minority at this point, just a vote short of a 50/50 Senate.
What happened here will not be allowed to happen again. I say that to the White House and to the majority. We insist on some semblance of bipartisanship.
Let me make one final point. Not only on this but on other issues, the majority decided not to have conferences. They would have what is called ``a virtual conference,'' in which they would conference with themselves and exclude Democrats. That will not happen again in this Congress either. We will not appoint conferees unless there is a commitment from the chairman of the committee that the conference will meet with both members of the conference, Republican and Democratic caucuses.
Even more than that, we will not allow again something like this to happen: seven appropriations bills put in one omnibus and then in the middle, a little folder is stuck in that abridges the rights of the majority and minority with respect to specific votes in the Congress. It is not the right way to do business.
I accept the majority leader's call for bipartisanship. As far as I am concerned, sign me up on things on which we can work together. I want to do that. People of good will should do that for the good of this country. But we cannot call for bipartisanship unless we renounce the tactics that created this conference report with respect to overtime, country-of-origin labeling, broadcast ownership, and other issues. Those people have a voice in this Chamber as well--people who work hard, people who are consumers. They have a right to be heard in this Congress, and they were not with respect to those provisions in this Omnibus bill.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the Senate proceed to the immediate consideration of a concurrent resolution which I shall send to the desk correcting the enrollment of the omnibus conference report restoring the media ownership language to that which the conferees had originally agreed to; that the concurrent resolution be agreed to and the motion to reconsider be laid upon the table.
Mr. President, my colleague from Missouri and my colleague from Rhode Island are waiting. I thank them for their indulgence. I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded. Mr. President, I rise in opposition to the Dorgan resolution. This is a debate and an issue that does bring us…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, I rise in opposition to the Dorgan resolution. This is a debate and an issue that does bring us in touch with a number of the important issues discussed by the Senator from Virginia: free speech, media concentration, consolidation. It certainly affects our media markets and the shape of those media markets for years to come. But, at its heart, this is really a question of regulation, a new set of regulations, a different set of regulations put forward by the FCC, dealing with who can buy, who can own different kinds of media outlets--newspapers, TV, radio stations, and the like-- and what kind of limits we are going to put on them.
So it is a debate about regulation and how much regulation is the appropriate amount on the part of the Federal Government. To what degree do we want the Federal Government interfering with, limiting, and manipulating the media that we as consumers enjoy and use in our daily lives? What level of regulation is appropriate and is really required to uphold some very important principles that you have heard the Senator from Virginia and the Senator from North Dakota and many others speak of--principles of localism, competition, and diversity, principles that we support, that the FCC works to support anytime it looks at a regulatory issue such as this one?
How much regulation do we really require to protect these important principles? This is not a debate about the poor quality of the TV that we might go home and look at, or look away from, every night. In some ways, I wish this were a debate about improving the quality of television because if we could just do that by a simple adjustment of these regulations, then we probably would all feel much better about the quality of television. But we can't.
To suggest this is about the quality of the television we see in any part of the country is to suggest that you believe limiting, say, Fox Corporation to the 35 stations it owns today versus the 40 or 42 or 44, or some number it might own at a future date with the new regulations, that somehow that would affect the quality of the programming we see. I think that is ridiculous. I don't think that program quality would be improved if we forced NBC to get rid of 8 of its 29 stations or 10 or 12 stations within the limits that we are talking about that any one of these companies owns. I don't think it would in any way affect the quality of television.
I am the father of three children. I am as frustrated as any parent about the search for good quality programming. I am frustrated about the poor quality of programming that is often put on television in the prime time hour. But that is the nature of modern media--whether it is cable or radio or television or even newspapers. We are not all going to be happy as Americans with everything that comes across the channels.
At the same time, I very much support the process that the Senator from North Dakota is using here, the Congressional Review Act. I think it does bear some emphasis because some people have come to the floor and have been somewhat critical of the process being used here--using the Congressional Review Act resolution to repeal a regulation that a Member of Congress or a Member of the Senate doesn't like. But that is exactly what the law was intended to do.
It is a law that was passed, I am pleased to say, when Republicans took control of Congress back in 1995. They said we ought to have as a Congress--as a House or as a Senate--a way to register disapproval; to repeal regulations that are put forward all the time
by very large bureaucracies, or different branches of the executive regulating commerce, or regulating the environment, or regulating the forestry issues, or, in this case, regulating the media. It is a very appropriate use of the act, but it is a resolution with which I strongly disagree. I will talk about those reasons this afternoon.
We are here obviously because the Senator from North Dakota has submitted this resolution of disapproval, or rejection of these new regulations, but the regulations were put forward in the first place primarily because of a couple of issues.
The first was in 1996. The Telecommunications Act sets the guidelines under which the FCC acts; that calls on the FCC to reconsider regulations that do not serve the principles of localism, competition, or diversity, and doesn't seem necessary to promote these competitive forces, or to serve the public.
The 1996 act actually calls on the members of the FCC to do exactly what they did; that is, reconsider these regulations and modify them if they believe it is in the public interest and the right thing to do.
Second, related to that legislation but even more current is the action of the courts recently. The courts struck down or remanded several of the media regulations--in particular, the 35-percent cap which we will talk about--and called on the FCC to either revise or justify the regulations that were on the books.
So you have two forces coming to bear. I am sure the FCC Commissioners weren't dying to throw themselves into the issue, but they were called upon effectively to do so by the courts and by the legislation that this very Congress passed in 1996.
These are proposals--I think as the Senator from Virginia discussed-- which were very long in the making. It was not a spur of the moment recommendation or a spur of the moment change in regulations. For 20 months, there were deliberations, collecting comments, soliciting comments, and several hearings that took place. People came forward and spoke for and against different rules and for and against different concepts for changing those rules and to argue their point of view--to argue the very reasons they thought a change in the existing rules might be in keeping with the goals of the 1996 act and the three principles of localism, competition, and diversity.
There was a thorough process, not one that was without any disagreement but a great country, a strong country, and one where we take great pride in our ability to debate and discuss these issues with one another.
Let me talk about three of the proposals and the reasons I think at the end of this very thorough and very complete process, resulting in the rules put forward by the FCC, the reason I think the rules make sense, and why I don't think we should be rushing to repeal them or reject them. I believe there are several negative consequences of repealing these rules, which I will speak about at the end of my presentation.
First, we are talking about a proposal that will take the current 35- percent cap to 45 percent.
What does the 35-percent cap mean? Is it 35 percent of the television market share? It is not 35 percent of the television viewers on any particular night or any particular hour. It is not 35 percent of the television station. It is a cap on owning stations that can reach 35 percent of the population, the immense concentration that we hear about. Take NBC, for example, which owns 29 television stations. That is less than 2 percent of the number of full-power television stations in the country. I think they are the largest owner of stations. Perhaps Fox Corporation may own 35 stations, close to 2.5 percent of the full- power television stations. This is just a limit on the amount of viewers you can reach if every viewer out there happens to be watching your station.
If you look at, as I said, the number of stations that are owned, we are talking about a very small number on a percentage basis. Opponents of the rules and supporters of this resolution will say, well, let us talk about the six big companies. Those six big companies control 75 percent of the television viewers.
First, to suggest you are being controlled when you choose what you want to watch on television any given night, I think, misunderstands what television viewers are all about. But even if you look at those numbers--six companies, 75 percent of the viewers--let us go back 20 or 30 years; it used to be that there were three companies which had 90 percent of the viewers. I think things have changed in that regard for the better. But the numbers are even more striking if you break them apart further.
Those six companies may have 75 percent of the viewers because their shows happen to be popular, but they have fewer than 25 percent of the channels that would typically come through your cable or your satellite outlet.
On that cable dial, all channels are created equal. We used to be segmented in VHF and UHF. But today a majority of people receive their television through cable or through satellite. Channel 85 and channel 42 are just as likely to attract viewers, depending on the quality of their program.
It is a pretty fair fight when you think about it--pretty fair competition among the dozens of stations on the dial. Those six companies only control or own fewer than 25 percent of the channels. There is greater competition in that regard and greater diversity in that regard not only than we had 30 years ago but, quite frankly, than most people could have imagined 30 years ago.
With all the discussion about localism--it is a very important thing, indeed--there has been no connection shown between localism and a larger concentrated owner of these stations. Simply because a TV station is owned by one of the larger corporations does not mean it shows less local programming. It is a very important point. This has been studied. You can look at it empirically, look at NBC, Fox, or ABC- owned stations, and measure how much local programming they put on any given day and compare it to independently owned stations around the country and measure how much local programming there is on any given day. There is no difference. To the extent there is a difference, one of the most comprehensive studies the FCC relied upon showed a slight increase in local programming among those owned by the larger media entities.
Localism is important. To be sure, the FCC maintains its ability to press for and emphasize localism, diversity, and competition when they make decisions of who can and cannot purchase a license. And all of the purchases of licenses--radio, TV--are still subject to FCC review and still subject to antitrust laws that govern monopoly power in this country. So that is one of their regulations. Probably the one that gets the most discussion is the movement from a path of 35 to 45 percent of the audience that could be reached by all the stations.
The second regulation that received a lot of discussion is the issue of cross-ownership, whether you can allow a company that has a newspaper to also own a TV or radio station. Here we actually have cases we can look at. The FCC did look at it and asked the question, Where cross-ownership occurs, are localism, competition, and diversity poorly served? Do we have problems? Do we have conflicts of interest? Do we see a reduction in the responsiveness of the media outlets to local community needs? We can look at existing evidence because there were 40 markets that were grandfatherd by the FCC, 40 markets where entities already engage in cross-ownership. There was no harm found by the FCC. That certainly does not mean everyone is happy with everything that newspaper or radio station or TV that has cross-ownership produced. I am sure we will hear from Members that might in their remarks speak to personal experiences where they do not feel they were treated well by a newspaper or radio station. That is unfortunate for them.
But that is the nature of the country's free media and free markets. It is something that ultimately, when we get over the personal feelings, every member of this Chamber is proud of, that this country allows such a free and open media.
Again, where cross-ownership issues come into play and purchases of TV or radio station and all spectrum come into play, the principles of localism, competition, and diversity will be protected, but antitrust provisions still hold. That is important to remember.
A third and final area of regulatory change or regulations that has been discussed in this debate is radio ownership. There is a little bit of irony here because this is something that cuts close to home for the Senator from North Dakota, the celebrated case in his State where one company was able to acquire six or seven radio stations that all covered one particular region of the State, a very clear case of dominance of radio in a particular region of the State. But with regard to radio ownership limits, the FCC actually tightened the regulations. There is no change to the regulations on the number of stations you can own in a particular market in an attempt by the FCC to actually tighten the definition of market areas in order to prevent that unfortunate situation from happening again.
We can critique the radio stations or the large radio station owners, talk about their business practices or things we liked or disliked about them, and there are important points to make, but they do not really have any bearing on this debate because even if this CRA provision offered and were to pass, there would be no significant modification to the radio ownership structures.
If the resolution passes, it does have a number of other counterproductive effects that concern me. First and foremost, it would surely send these issues back to the courts. That is one of the reasons--not the only reason but one of the reasons--the FCC acted in the first place because the courts had said there is no justification for the regulations as currently structured. So if this resolution passes and were to pass the House and get signed into law--which is unlikely to happen, and I certainly do not support it--if it were to be signed into law, this would all be thrown back into the courts and we would have a very uncertain environment for ownership, for media, for evaluation, and for business. Whether you are an entity large or small, independent or corporately owned, it would create an uncertain marketplace.
Second, this resolution turns back the clock. I don't believe that is a good thing, in that turning back the clock would ignore the enormous changes we have seen to the industry over the last 10 years, let alone the last 20 or 30 years. A number of the regulations that are modified or adjusted by the FCC date back 30 or 40 years to their original crafting.
I know it is difficult to picture what the state of television was for many of the younger Members of the Chamber, but I amaze my children constantly when I describe it in a world where you had to walk across the room to change the channel on your television. I am old enough to remember those days and they seem not so long ago, indeed. Times have changed enormously. Regulations dealing with this industry and with the media markets need to be updated to keep pace with the evolution of technology, to protect the values of localism, competition, and diversity, but they do need to evolve with the changes in technology.
A third and final concern if this resolution were to pass was raised by FCC Chairman Michael Powell in a piece he authored yesterday or today for publication. That is, it could well portend the end of free TV. Rolling back these regulations with the passage of this act could result in the end of free TV. It sounds like a pretty dramatic claim. I think it bears some additional description. How could that be?
Free TV depends on advertising for its revenues. Cable TV depends on both advertising revenue and cable subscriptions--monthly fees or per- show fees paid to watch programming. Simply put, that is a better business model. Anyone can see that. Pay TV has a better, stronger, more robust business model. If you do not believe it, look at the migration of so-called quality programming--sports, entertainment, even certain forms of news programming from free TV to cable TV over the last 3 or 4 or 5 years, let alone the last 10 or 15 years. Go back 10 or 15 years, it is a wholesale migration, but you can see changes in the last 3, 4, or 5 years.
If we repeal the rules, we create a tougher competitive environment and more restrictive competitive environment for the free TV networks or stations. You put them at a competitive disadvantage relative to cable and pay TV. So the acceleration and the movement of that so- called quality programming to cable TV will only accelerate and make it tougher and tougher to sustain any level of quality among free TV in the marketplace.
I could be cynical and say, That is fine with me. I don't care. I have cable TV and I will still continue to get lots of channels, lots of entertainment, lots of news, and lots of sports. Many people would argue, and part of me certainly would argue, that there is a value and a benefit to free TV especially in those areas of our country that are at an economic disadvantage, where cable TV does not have the penetration of urban areas and where people simply cannot afford to pay for cable TV.
Those are serious considerations. The effect of free TV, turning back the clock with regard to the evolution of technology and throwing the issues back into the courts, all of those would be cause to reject this resolution in and of themselves.
But on top of that, we see that the radio ownership regulations are effectively untouched. Cross-ownership has already proven its ability to work in the marketplace without harming the principles of localism, competition, and diversity. And the adjustment from 35 percent to 45 percent of national ownership cap, I would contend, is modest. It is very modest, indeed, when you look at what the true market share numbers are and the number of channels.
This is an important debate. I appreciate being given time to talk on these issues. I do hope my colleagues step forward to reject this resolution, although, as I say, I certainly respect the way in which it has been offered and the process the Senator from North Dakota has gone through to get us to this debate.
We respect the ideals of free speech, of democracy, and we work to promote the idea of competition and diversity in media ownership. I believe that is exactly what the FCC has done and attempted to do in crafting these regulations. I hope we will reject this resolution and continue to move forward in a thoughtful way, and to a world and to an age of technology and media that, frankly, we can't quite picture today which will be exciting, will provide opportunities, and will continue to promote the ideals of free speech upon which this country was founded.
I thank you, Mr. President, and yield the floor.
Mr. President, I thank my colleague from North Dakota for, as always, informing, and sometimes with very startling information. I still find it very difficult to understand the situation that…
Mr. President, I thank my colleague from North Dakota for, as always, informing, and sometimes with very startling information. I still find it very difficult to understand the situation that happened in his State. When there was a toxic spill, and the radio stations were attempted to be contacted to alert the population, the citizenry, there was not a single soul in any of the six radio stations. All the broadcasting was done from somewhere else. That, obviously, was not the intent of the law, the intent of Congress, nor, indeed, the intent of the Federal Communications Commission. But these examples happen today.
I rise to speak in opposition to S.J. Res. 17, which has already been described by my colleague from North Dakota. As a result, pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, these rules would have no force or effect, and the FCC would not be able to adopt any similar regulations until Congress authorized the Commission to do so.
I share many of the concerns expressed by my friends from North Dakota and Mississippi. I oppose the resolution because I believe that rejecting the rules without providing further guidance is not an appropriate congressional response. In addition, the nullification of all of the FCC's new media ownership regulations is, in my opinion, too sweeping.
Whether we agree with them or not, the FCC's actions are a direct result of the direction given to it by Congress in the Telecommunications Act of 1996, which should have been called ``Leave No Lobbyist Behind Act of 1996.''
And might I add, as we are all responsible for our votes, my colleague from North Dakota voted for that bill, as did my colleague from Mississippi. I voted against it. I voted against it because I thought it was an outrageous exercise of lobbying power and special interest power and would have enormous unintended as well as intended consequences; and the unintended consequences we are dealing with today.
So let's be clear, all of my colleagues, what is the genesis of this problem. That is the 1996 Telecommunications Act. I say so because the DC Court of Appeals vacated the 35-percent cap and remanded it back to the FCC. The DC Circuit Court of Appeals found that:
Congress set in motion a process to deregulate the
structure of the broadcast and cable television industries
[in the act].
In fact, the court--I think very appropriately--characterized the 1996 act's deregulatory tone as not subtle but quite explicit, likening it to ``Farragut's order at the battle of Mobile Bay--`Damn the torpedoes! Full speed ahead.' '' That is how the court described the 1996 deregulatory act that my colleagues are on the floor now examining and wanting to reverse.
Let's at least take responsibility for our action that set this train in motion. I agree with my colleagues, particularly on the issue of radio. When there is an example such as what happened in Minot, ND, and testimony before our committee that there is an organization, Clear Channel--let's say who they are--that owns, as the Senator from North Dakota mentioned, 1,300 radio stations, the ticket sales, the promotions, and the concerts--artists have come to us and stated unequivocally that they have been basically blackmailed and told to do concerts at a certain place or their works would not be played on the radio stations.
Now, I can't prove that. I am only telling you what information was given us. So we have a tough situation.
The resolution offers neither congressional direction for the FCC's next review of these rules nor a remedy for the infirmities of the existing statute that pushed the FCC to its recent decision. Moreover, the resolution would throw out the entirety of the FCC's action, including some rules that would actually tighten radio ownership limitations. Finally, the resolution could result in significant uncertainty about the status of the FCC's media ownership rules.
Let me mention one other thing before I go into a little bit more about this process.
As usual, unfortunately, tragically, the Appropriations Committee has now gotten into the act. The Appropriations Committee, I understand, on the Commerce, State, and Justice appropriations bill is now going to remove the provision of 35 to 45 percent media ownership, but they are not--they are not--going to touch the cross-ownership aspect of the rules that the FCC issued. Why? Why would that be?
Well, my dear friends and colleagues, I only know one reason: The National Association of Broadcasters supports the 35 to 45 percent and opposes the cross ownership. Which is worse, that a conglomerate owns now 45 percent of the television stations in a market, or a conglomerate owns three televisions stations, the newspaper--the Los Angeles Times--the Internet, the cable company, and 8 radio stations? That is okay according to the Appropriations Committee. But they are going to take care of the 35 to 45 percent aspect of it and jam it into an appropriations bill, by the way, without a hearing before the Appropriations Committee, as usual.
The Commerce Committee acted with a piece of legislation that is on the calendar. S. 1046, which passed through the committee, addresses the entire issue. Do you think we will get S. 1046 before this body before this year ends, my friends? No. But we will have to fight like blazes a one single shot provision that has been placed in an appropriations bill, in clearly a gross excess of their responsibilities, which are to fund authorized programs.
So I guess if there is any lack of cynicism amongst my colleagues about this whole process we are undergoing right now, any lack of cynicism should be dispelled by the actions of the Appropriations Committee.
Whether we agree with them or not, as I mentioned, those actions are a direct result of the 1996 act.
In short, if the Congress is unsatisfied with the result of the FCC review, it should step in to provide new direction. Simply saying, ``You got it wrong, try again,'' in my view, is not an appropriate response.
Although they are not provided in the resolution before us, new directions to the FCC have been provided and reported out of the Commerce Committee. The bill is on the Senate calendar awaiting action. The bill would establish explicit, sustainable media ownership limits while preserving new radio ownership rules tightened by the FCC in its June 2 order.
While I don't support the resolution, I do support S. 1046. I have not always supported retaining strict limits on media consolidation, and in the past I have spoken frequently about the merits of deregulation of media markets. Over the years, I have written letters to the FCC insisting that they deregulate in this area of media markets. Moreover, even a few years ago, I offered legislation to raise the national television station ownership cap to 50 percent and to eliminate limits on newspaper and broadcast cross-ownership. I continue to believe in the principle of allowing markets, and not government, to regulate the way businesses operate.
After chairing seven hearings on media ownership and observing unprecedented public outcry, it is apparent to me that the business of media ownership, which can so affect the nature and quality of our democracy, is too important to be dealt with so categorically. As a result, I have come to believe that stringent, but reasonable, limits on media ownership may very well be appropriate.
It is a testament to the vitality and health of our democracy that the public mobilized to defend what they perceived as a challenge to this democracy. If Congress is displeased with the Commission's new rules, however, we must accept some responsibility for them. Congress and the courts gave the Commission little choice but to deregulate the media industry. When the D.C. circuit court of Appeals vacated the 35 percent cap and remanded it back to the FCC for further consideration, it found that ``Congress set in motion a process to deregulate the structure of the broadcast and cable television industries'' in the Act. In fact, the court characterized the 1996 Act's deregulatory tone as not subtle, but quite explicit, likening it to ``Farragut's order at the battle of Mobile Bay--`Damn the torpedoes! Full speed ahead.'''
Led by the able chairman, Michael Powell, the Commission followed the direction of Congress and the courts.
The commission incrementally increased the network ownership cap to 4.5 percent finding that a ``modest relaxation of the cap will help networks compete more effectively with cable and DBS operators and will promote free, over-the-air television by deterring migration of expensive programming to cable networks.''
I ask unanimous consent that an article by Michael K. Powell that appeared in the Wall Street Journal this morning be printed in the Record.
Mr. President, two networks, Viacom/CBS and News Corp. have been operating at almost 40 percent for almost 2 years now due to stay from courts and waivers from the FCC. The Commission also relaxed its cross-ownership rules by permitting combinations of multiple television, radio, and newspaper outlets in more American media markets.
The Commission had limited discretion in its decision-making process. We, however, do not. If Congress is displeased with the results of the Commission's review, it should legislate a solution, not just disapprove of the Commission's actions. Unlike the Commission, Congress consists of elected officials who must consider the views of the American public, not court mandates and statutory directives, when tackling difficult questions like the ones posed here.
The public has strongly voiced its dissatisfaction with the new rules. The Commission received more public comments about its media ownership proceeding than any other proceeding. My office continues to receive numerous letters, phone calls, and e-mails from the public addressing the new rules. As representatives of the public, Congress should take a lead role in examining these rules, and if necessary, crafting new limits.
As William Safire wrote recently in an Op-Ed piece in the New York Times, itself a large owner of several media outlets: ``The effect of the media's march to amalgamation on Americans' freedom of voice is too worrisome to be left to three unelected commissioners. This far- reaching political decision should be made by Congress and the White House, after extensive hearings and fair coverage by too-shy broadcasters, no-local-news cable networks and conflicted newspapers.''
In discussing this resolution, we must also be mindful that its passage would roll back all of the FCC's rules, even those that tightened radio ownership limits. The Telecommunications Act eliminated the national radio ownership cap thereby allowing one company to grow at an unprecedented pace from 40 to more than 1,200 radio stations, including ownership of 6 of the 7 commercial radio stations in Minot, ND. At a hearing before the Commerce Committee, all five FCC Commissioners agreed that the consolidation of radio that has occurred in local markets has been excessive.
This brings me to the issue we must continue to discuss and to which I don't know the answer: How much is too much? In my home State of Arizona, Gannett owns a newspaper and a television station. Is that bad? I have seen no ill effects of it. I have seen no consolidation problems, no collusion between the two, no problem with the citizens of my State receiving correct and accurate and unbiased information. What if Gannett owned two television stations, or three stations or four stations? What is the point, I ask my colleagues--and that requires an incredible amount of knowledge, which I admit I don't possess, as to what the proper degree of media concentration is allowable.
Then you have a difference in markets. Minot, ND--with all due respect to the large population of North Dakota--I think has 27,000 or 37,000 people--higher than that. The valley which I was just describing has over 3 million people. So it is not only a problem of the criterion itself for ownership, it also has a lot to do with large or small populations.
I don't think a small town is going to have five television stations or eight television stations. So should the owner of the television station in Greenwood, MS, be allowed to own the newspaper? Is that control there? That may be excessive. But in Phoenix, AZ, ownership of one television station and a newspaper clearly is not of significant impact.
So this is why it is important that we continue to examine these issues carefully and try to get the best knowledge and information we have.
But I think there is one area of agreement, whether we succeed or whether the proponents of the CRA succeed: There is too much concentration in radio. I know of no credible person who disagrees with that. While it received little credit amid the outcry against the regulations, the FCC attempted to address this problem by prescribing new market definitions designed to tighten the limits on local radio ownership.
This resolution would therefore have the perverse consequence of eliminating efforts taken by the Commission to strengthen its radio ownership rules--a move that surely would be applauded in the corporate offices of large radio station groups that hope to perpetuate their ability to benefit from existing loopholes. Moreover, the resolution would limit the FCC's ability to reinstate its more stringent radio market definition, because the CRA precludes the FCC from adopting rules ``in substantially the same form'' as those that have been disapproved without further direction from Congress.
Finally, the use of the CRA in the present case will create a regulatory void likely to be filled only by uncertainty about the status of the FCC's media ownership rules. The absence of an affirmative Congressional directive will cast considerable doubt on the enforceability of the FCC's previous rules, given that one of the FCC's previous attempts to retain the rules was found by the D.C. Circuit to be arbitrary and capricious, and another was found not to have justified that the rules are ``necessary in the public interest.'' In both cases, the D.C. circuit remanded the rules to the FCC and directed the agency to either articulate a justification for retaining the rules or modify them. The lack of an enforceable FCC order will leave these court orders unanswered, risking additional court action that relaxes the rules even further, or even invalidates them entirely.
Moreover, passage of this resolution would appear to set up the FCC for failure when conducting its next biennial review in 2004. In that proceeding, the FCC will likely have to justify its new rules before a court that has stated that the Telecommunications Act sets in motion a process of deregulation, while remaining mindful of Congress' disapproval of its 2002 Biennial Review. Chairman Powell has stated that the courts placed ``a high hurdle before the Commission for maintaining a given regulation, and made clear that failure to surmount that hurdle, based on a thorough record, must result in the rule's modification or elimination.'' Moreover, the Commission will also be forced to explain how it reached a different conclusion after previously having made extensive findings that undercut the network ownership cap and cross-ownership limits. Whatever action the Commission takes will be ripe for challenge by an unsatisfied party.
These rules have been mired in litigation for too long. If Congress believes that it is appropriate to retain certain ownership restrictions under today's market conditions, then it should pass legislation explicitly stating so. Again, S. 1046 is the appropriate legislative vehicle to achieve this goal.
The Commission did its job by promulgating new rules after completing an intense twenty-month review. During that time the Commission reviewed twelve studies it commissioned to gather empirical evidence on the media industry, and studied over 500,000 public comments to better understand the media marketplace. As Mr. Safire suggested, it is now time for Congress to do its job. Congress has spent the past few months studying the previous rules, digesting the new rules, and holding multiple hearings on this issue. I have come to appreciate the importance of appropriate limits on media ownership. The media has a tremendous impact on the everyday lives of all Americans. By selecting and framing issues and ideas and promoting public discourse, the media facilitate a critical function in our democracy. It is now time for Congress to offer guidance, not simply reject the FCC's rules.
My decision to oppose this resolution has been a difficult one for me, in large part, because I hold the senior senator from North Dakota in such high regard. I commend Senator Dorgan for his leadership in bringing the issue of media ownership to the attention of his colleagues. Earlier this year, he raised the now-famous issue of radio ownership in Minot, ND, in the Senate Commerce Committee. That issue was the catalyst for the Committee's subsequent review of media ownership, which included seven hearings this year. Few, if any, members of the Commerce Committee or the Senate understands the intricacies of this issue better than Senator Dorgan.
Finally, I thank colleagues for their interest and involvement in this issue--especially three colleagues on the Commerce Committee: Senators Wyden, Lott, and Dorgan. They have been incredibly involved in these issues. We have had some of the best hearings I have ever participated in on these issues. I think we have contributed not only to the knowledge of our colleagues but to that of the American people.
I want to commit, no matter how it comes out today, that we will continue to bring the Commissioners before the committee, bring the smartest people we can find before the committee, and move forward in an orderly legislative process. I hope one of the things we can do as early as possible is get consideration of the legislation that we passed through the committee, after careful deliberation and discussion and a very spirited markup.
So I thank my colleagues. I think this is an important part of the debate and, for sure, we will be discussing this issue for a long time.
I ask Members to vote against S.J. Res. 17 but support passage of S. 1046.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I thank Senator Boxer who was entitled to go next. Before she got down here, we intervened and asked her if it would be possible I go ahead of her. So I will be next. We are trying not…
Mr. President, I thank Senator Boxer who was entitled to go next. Before she got down here, we intervened and asked her if it would be possible I go ahead of her. So I will be next. We are trying not to break the commitment of one side and then the other side, but I will not be here if I cannot speak now. I am on my way to New Mexico to meet the President, ultimately in Roswell, NM.
Mr. President, I said yesterday to a large group of Senators that it is about time now to speak about the energy situation in America since we have a bill before the Senate that missed, in terms of filibuster, by two votes. That means that in normal times that bill would have passed handsomely.
What is happening around here, if you do not get your way, instead of voting on a bill, you threaten to filibuster. The American people have probably seen more 60-vote issues in the Senate in the last 5 years than in modern history. Almost every issue is turned into a 60-vote issue by a threat to filibuster. That was done on the Energy bill.
My friends, I can state what is happening but most of it is right in front of your face. We have the worst case scenario in much of the energy-consuming areas of the country, from the Rockies to New England, with the coldest 10- to 20-day period since the winters of 1977 and 1978. It was 14 degrees at my house this morning a block and a half from the Hart Building. Accuweather is predicting within 2 weeks we could have the coldest weather we have seen in 25 years.
Some people love the cold. Some people love the snow. But the point is America should not be brought to its knees economically and otherwise because we have a cold winter. We are looking at a point in time not too far down the line when the major sources of energy for Americans will be so expensive that the American people will wonder what happened.
I am stating what is happening: Three or four Senators will not let us pass an Energy bill. That is what is happening.
Yesterday, natural gas was over $6.50. To put that in perspective, when I first came to the Senate people--people can look at me and guess how long that was; some would say I look as if I have been here 100 years; some might say 15 years. I have been here 31 years. Ten years after I came here, we were talking about deregulating natural gas and the price of natural gas was 38 cents. Compare that to $6.50.
We can look around the world and see what is happening. The great big monster economy called China has decided they do not have enough energy for their growth. They cannot find a way to quench their thirst for oil. Nobody knew that. It just came upon us. China, the fastest growing economy in the world, has put the word out: Buy oil. And even more than that: Buy the oilfields. Go invest money with oil companies and start owning the oil in the world. The underlying theme is China's thirst for natural gas, as well as to fuel its industrial revolution.
Yesterday, China reported economic growth of 9.9 percent. When there are over a billion people--1.3 billion or 1.4 billion--and they finally decide to take on some aspects of capitalism, they are producing overwhelming amounts of goods and services for themselves and for the world. Whether their leaders call themselves Communists or not, they love dollars and they love to produce things and sell to the world. They are a huge problem. But China is not alone. The population and economic growth is creating a voracious new demand for energy and the world is following in our footsteps.
The bottom line is we are allowing ourselves to become increasingly dependent upon imported energy. We used to say ``imported oil.'' Now I can say ``imported energy'' because we are beginning to import, or will have to soon, natural gas, liquefied natural gas. We will have to buy that from overseas. And we ourselves will become dependent upon foreign natural gas just as we have grown dependent on oil but it will happen quicker and be more devastating.
Yesterday, unknown to most, a terrible event occurred with reference to the production of LNG, natural gas's substitute. A plant blew up in Algeria. Who would have been worried about it? Why would a Senator from New Mexico even have read about it 10 years ago? Well, we did not care about it because we did not use it. But a plant blew up. Forty-three people died, and all the production of LNG went out the window. Now, that is not our production. I should not be here crying about their losing it. But what I am telling you is, they are not producing LNG to give it away. They are producing it to sell and to sell to us.
The bottom line is, we are allowing ourselves to become dependent upon imported energy. The EIA predicts that 36 percent of all our energy will come from overseas by the year 2025; up from 26 percent in 2002. Just think of that.
I believe some of my colleagues who do not like the current Energy bill and who want to duck and hope the energy prices will come down are going to just wait and see. They will not be coming down; they are going to go up. And when the question is asked, what did we do about it, it is going to be easy for some of us. We are going to say there was a chance to pass a bill, and because of two Senators it did not pass. Two Senators decided they would not vote for cloture, so the Energy bill, which would have done a lot of things which I will quickly outline in a moment, was not passed.
First, let me tell you about a couple things that we hear about often that the bill does not have in it. The bill does not have a change in the CAFE standards on automobiles. Because of that, some of my friends on the other side of the aisle, including the distinguished junior Senator from New Mexico, say this bill should have that in it and we have shirked our duty.
Let me say to all of you, what do you do when one House of the Congress does not want something? And what do you do when you cannot pass it in the Senate, you cannot pass CAFE standards in the Senate, and if you passed it in the Senate, the House will not take it? Let's talk it up. It might be something we ought to be doing, but you cannot do it. Does it mean we should quit, and it does not mean that is enough to kill a bill?
Secondly, MTBE liability. You all know what that is. It is in the bill because the House insisted upon it. Is it the end of the world? I do not think so. Is it enough to kill an energy bill? I doubt it.
A renewable portfolio standard means one group wants to not only give a wonderful tax credit to windmills and solar energy, but they want to mandate a percentage each State must produce. That is what these words mean: renewable portfolio standard. It is a mandate of a percent. Isn't that interesting? Every State does not have wind, but they are mandated to produce a percent of their energy from wind. Can you imagine what is going to happen administratively? They are going to have to buy credits or they are going to have to do something, because this law would do that.
Frankly, the Senate did not want it, and the House did not want it, but a few people said: We will not vote for the bill unless that is included. How do you put it in when over half the people in both bodies will not vote for it? Certainly, the House told us, in 30 seconds: Do not talk about a percentage, a mandate. We will never put it before the
House. We do not want it. That is the end of it.
Now, we all know ANWR is still hanging around, we all know the giant issue of offshore drilling is still hanging around, and they are not in this bill.
Like it or leave it, the bill represents the current consensus position of the Congress. If we were looking at 51 votes being necessary, which is what you usually need, this bill would be over with, the points of order would be done with, and we would be on our way to doing what it does.
I believe the deal before us is the only one that does enough, that can currently be reached. I do not believe it is possible to go back to the table and negotiate a different agreement. Why? Because whatever we bring to the floor will be debated ad nauseam.
The last time we tried to pass a bill to go to the House with, you all remember, there were 370-plus amendments pending up there at the desk when we struck a deal with the Democrats to take last year's bill. Remember that? That meant they were not very interested in helping us get a bill then. That is something I direct at a number of Democrats who might not have thought they were doing that, but that is what they did. Luckily, the minority leader said: Why don't you take last year's bill, and I told our leader, Bill Frist: Take it. I think they could not imagine we would take it. We took it and went to conference. And then, of course, we could negotiate around all the bills.
(Ms. MURKOWSKI assumed the Chair.)
I know if we are going to be able to get 60 votes for this agreement--I do not know if we are going to be able to, but, frankly, there is part of me that is quite all right with that. As prices and imports rise, Members are going to begin to reconsider their position. They are going to begin to reconsider their opposition to domestic production. I believe at some point, if we do not take intervening steps, we will be forced to open ANWR.
I say to the occupant of the chair, which you have been advocating since the day you arrived, and for the many days you were in your State legislature, unless we get control of this situation, I think we will find ourselves confronted with that decision, sooner rather than later.
As much as we possibly can, without a new political consensus about energy, this bill addresses the following problems. This is a minimal list.
One, it makes regulation of the electricity grid predictable so new investment can flow into the transmission system. It is a huge part of our problem.
Two, it encourages massive new construction of windmills--60 gigawatts is expected, at a minimum, of new wind power, about 10 times the current amount. Why? Because this bill makes the production tax credit permanent. And listen up. It expired as of January 1. It is not there for those who are building windmills. They know it is gone. It is in this bill. It is there for biomass and a lot of other things.
Now it makes a new generation of clean coal possible through tax credits and research and development. As gas prices climb, we are going to burn more coal. I would like that to be as clean as possible, and this bill makes that possible.
It results in more domestic oil and gas production.
It will result in the construction of perhaps four nuclear powerplants. Some other things have to happen, but it opens the door.
Frankly, I believe that for this world crisis I have been talking about, of everybody wanting more energy, there are only a few ways to dampen the impact of that on the world. One of them is going to be new, modern, different nuclear powerplants. No doubt about it, that is going to be one of them. America led the way. We ought to continue leading the way.
This bill will result in encouraging the use of hybrid cars because there is a big tax credit for them. In fact, those companies that are exploring them believe they could never sell them without the credit provided in this bill.
It massively expands our use of domestically produced ethanol, meaning our farmers will be more in command of their future and their destiny than ever before.
Needless to say, bills do strange things. This bill is more for the farmers than anything else we have ever done. Everybody knows it. I asked yesterday in the presence of 30 Senators, those who have big farms and much corn production, would you tell me what the most important issue in your State is? Is it ethanol? Every farm State Senator in that room said it is the No. 1 issue in their States.
How many times have we taken the floor of this Senate since Senator Reid and I have been here, when Senators have come and said: We have to do this for all the farmers? It just happens that the farmers are in this bill. It is going to produce a substantial amount of gasoline because ethanol is an additive that will expand the use of gasoline immensely. So throw it away because you don't like some provision or you believe what many have been saying about this bill--that it has too much pork in it.
Well, I can tell you that if we have time available at another time, we will talk about the pork. I will tell you about one piece, and it has been written many times because one Senator used it on the floor twice. It has to do with a new plant that might be built in my State, which will be the construction of a new plant for highly enriched uranium. We only have one such company in America. Shameful. We used to have all that market. This company that exists now doesn't want a new one built. They have sent to Senators and newspapers around the country an unsigned document where they maliciously and erroneously talk about that plant. Some people have refused to use it, thank you, because they didn't sign it. Nobody signed it. But somebody used it on the floor of the Senate and said that New Mexico stood to gain $500 million to $700 million, and what a shame that such pork is in the bill.
That isn't even in the bill. Read it. It says anybody who wants to build a new plant of that type, two things will happen--it says anywhere, not just New Mexico. The license will be approved in 2 years and, second, if they want to make an agreement for the Federal Government to dispose of their waste, they can make one, and they will have to pay the Federal Government full price. What this company--which wants no competitor to be built--did was price out what you might have to pay the Government, and then said we are giving it to a State--a total unequivocal fabrication.
Many of the other so-called lard matters in this bill have been matters that have been around here for years for States that produce much of our oil and gas. They finally got a chance to have some equity done to them. When you finally get there and you have the best package you could ever put together, I don't know why we have Senators who find excuses. I think it is because they don't believe there is anything that can be laid to rest on their shoulders in terms of what they have done for this great country and what they have failed to do.
I actually believe that of all the things domestically that the President of the United States mentioned, and all the things we will be debating, there is nothing more important than what we do about our energy availability for future generations. It is No. 1 in my book. You have not heard much from me because, after working for months on it, I was shocked that I could not get 60 to vote to get around a filibuster. I believe sooner or later those who have done this to this bill will pay the piper politically. I say to our President: I believe you ought to be pushing this bill a lot harder.
Some worry about its cost. Let me tell you, the cost of this bill is infinitesimal compared to the cost to future generations of not producing natural gas from Alaska, leaving it up there instead of bringing it down here, and all the things like that which are in this bill. It is absolutely crazy. Costs, say some, are too much. If everything has to be paid for, and it goes the way it says, it is $1.6 billion a year. Do you know what that means? Americans spend $400 billion a year on energy. If that is going up 10 percent, when the rest of the domestic product is only growing at 2 percent, that would be an 8-percent differential. Just do the arithmetic. Eight percent times 400 is $32 billion a year in cost growth being put on the backs of hard- working Americans.
It is time we talk real sense about this. I will not let it go. But you all know there is only so much you can do and only so much of yourself that you can give to an issue. You have one thing growing up after another that people invent and argue about, and that same person just fails to want to argue about the validity of the entire bill. It is truly something that we would look at America and say we love democracy and we love to vote, but this is one that it sure would be good if some of these things could be done by the President of the United States. Not so. Can't be. We have to go do it.
I yield the floor.
I thank the Presiding Officer. Mr. President, and anyone who may be listening to this ``debate''-- which is really not a debate yet but probably will be a debate when we vote on Thursday when the…
I thank the Presiding Officer.
Mr. President, and anyone who may be listening to this ``debate''-- which is really not a debate yet but probably will be a debate when we vote on Thursday when the time is allocated for Members to speak to present their positions on the resolution that is before the Senate-- let us remind ourselves that the resolution that has been introduced, S.J. Res. 17, is a resolution to completely throw out all the work of the Federal Communications Commission that they have spent 2 years in crafting. That is not something this body should consider doing without a great deal of thought and understanding.
The Federal Communications Commission is a body of experts--people who have made careers of understanding the communications industry in this country--who are charged with looking after the best interests of the people of this country with regard to communications policy, and also to make sure that the system they devise, in keeping with what Congress has done, is a system that allows American industries to prosper, thrive, and to be successful in bringing about good communications to the people of this country, and at the same time try to create a level playing field that really balances the national interest with the public interest and with the interest of legitimate communications companies.
It is no question that it is a public interest we are talking about because the airwaves do belong to the public; they do not belong to the companies. The real challenge the Federal Communications Commission has always had is to create the proper balance that protects the public interests for those who use the public airwaves and at the same time allows companies to be able to make a sufficient profit to be able to operate and provide the services which are expanding at an incredible rate.
There is no question that America has clearly the best communication system in the world. We have more services available to more people at a price that is more affordable than any other country anywhere in the world. You can argue the Internet is not fast enough or we do not have enough choices between cable companies or that the rates are too high; those are basically issues we deal with through the commission, and they make recommendations.
Congress has enacted overall communication policy and the FCC has to follow what the Congress has said. They have come up, after 2 years of study and hearings and public debate, with recommendations dealing with ownership rules as to who can own and in what degree of concentration television stations and radio stations and newspapers to try and make sure we do not get out of balance; that the American public is protected by having a different choice and fair choices about what they want to watch, what they want to hear, and what they want to read. That is what the Federal Communications Commission does.
The resolution before the Congress says after 2 years and what has been presented as rules under the FCC, we will throw all of that out; that the Congress, in its wisdom, will take a couple of hours, debate this issue, and throw out 2 years of work by the FCC, 2 years of hearings, 2 years of debate, 2 years of discussion and we will have a hearing in the Commerce Committee that will last a couple of hours and debate it 30 minutes apiece on Tuesday and then vote on whether to throw out what the Federal Communications Commission has done for 2 years as a matter of public policy.
It is clear the administration says this is not the right thing for the Congress to do. I ask unanimous consent to have printed in the Record a statement of administration policy.
It says if Congress passes this, we will veto it. It is very clear. The administration says the new FCC local and national media ownership rules more accurately reflect the changing media landscape and current state of network station ownership, while guarding against undue concentration in the marketplace. They point out this resolution throws all of that out the window, replaces it with nothing, and says we do not like it. Maybe some people like some of it and do not like other parts, but they got rid of everything the FCC recommended.
That is bad policy and not something the Congress should do. I strongly oppose the resolution. I hope the Congress, in the wisdom of the Senate, will not adopt this resolution. Or at least I hope we do not adopt it in such a large margin that it prevents it from being successfully vetoed.
Many of the arguments, when talking about television, newspapers, and radio come down to big is bad and small is good. That is obviously a simplistic statement and a simplistic argument.
Many of the people who support the resolution talk about three areas: localism, diversity, and media concentration. In reviewing what the FCC has done in each of these areas, you will see we have a fair approach to guiding how the industries operate in the 21st century. This is not 1930, before we even had television. When Americans finally got a TV, citizens had a choice of maybe one network and then three. We have so many choices now people do not know what to pick. I have 150 television stations I can watch with diversity and differences of opinion.
When they talk of localism, they say we have to get rid of this resolution because of localism, we want to have more local people able to own the stations. I remember a group of businessmen came to me and argued about localism and how they wanted to make sure the networks did not own all the television stations because if the networks located in New York City owned all the local TV stations, everything would come out of New York. I am reminded of the television commercial. When they ask where they are from and they say New York City, they said, String 'em up, as if people in New York cannot be fair and make sure that local people get what they want, because they can.
They argued if the networks owned all the local television stations, somehow everything would be directed out of New York by the network owners who own the local station down in Louisiana. These people own stations in my hometown down in Louisiana. I asked them where they were from and they were from New York City. The idea that local ownership means a local group of people in the local town will own the local television station is not in keeping with the facts. Stations not owned by networks are not owned by a local mom and pop, people in the local community. They are, in turn, also owned by a large corporation, many headquartered in Los Angeles or New York or large entertainment centers around the country.
The argument falls when you talk about localism by saying if networks could own stations, you are preventing local stations from owning a local station in a community. It is simply not true. It is very rare indeed when a group of local owners happen to be from the local community as opposed to being very large companies and corporations that own the stations themselves.
They say if you have the local owners, you get better local news, because they will have more interest in providing what the local community wants. It is not borne out by the facts. In fact, studies we have received in the committee clearly show--and this is a factual determination--that the network-owned stations--ABC networks, NBC, CBS networks that own the local stations--on average present as much as 37 percent more local news than the non-network-owned stations. That is important for those who argue you have to throw the rule out because we do not want the networks to own the stations, because if the networks own the station you do not get local news coverage. The actual facts show when you look at the programming, the network-owned stations, on average, show 37 percent more local information programming, more local community needs shows and information-providing shows on local events, and they provide 37 percent more coverage of local events than the non- network-owned facilities. The fact is most of the locally owned stations are not locally owned but are owned by corporations all over the United States. The networks do a much better job of providing local input and local news than the network affiliates.
The argument some make that we need this resolution to throw out this rule because we do not want the networks to own the stations because we want to have more localism is clearly not borne out by the actual facts, just by reading the schedules of the local news available on network programming and network-owned stations as opposed to non- network-owned stations.
The other argument is you have to have diversity. I mentioned a little bit about this in my first argument. They say if the networks own the stations, you will not have diversity; you will not have diversity of opinion; you will only have the network's opinion broadcast and no diversity or difference of opinion. What we have to look at is who actually owns the non-network stations. They are, indeed, large corporate entities. Nothing wrong with that, but large corporate entities,
many of them on the Fortune 500 list of some of the most profitable corporations in America. Nothing wrong with that. But it is not a lot of difference, if any, whatsoever, from the networks that own the stations.
The Tribune Corporation, Gannett, Hearst-Argyle, Cox Communications-- are these mom-and-pop operations? Of course not. They are large corporations that operate all over the United States. They operate cable companies, newspaper companies, television stations all over the United States. They are not going to bring about any more great adversity than the networks that own their share of stations.
The final contention is media concentration. The argument that some would make is, well, the amount of media concentration is so bad, when you have the network-owned stations, with a rule that says you can go from 35-percent penetration in the market to 45 percent, it would allow this media concentration to exist to a certain extent that would be very bad for the American public.
We have about 1,721 full-power television stations operating in the United States of America. There are a little over 1,700 of those stations. The concentration of the networks owning these stations is indeed very small.
CBS, through Viacom, owns about 3.4 percent of the total television households in this country. On average, their concentration of the network-owned stations is about 2.27 percent of the stations in the country. Fox--we all know the Fox network--owns about 2 percent of the stations. NBC owns about 1.69 percent. ABC owns .58 percent of the stations that operate full-time, full-power television in this country.
Our hearing in the Commerce Committee showed very clearly that no one tried to defend this existing 35-percent so-called cap that we have as a rule right now; that the FCC moved up to 45 percent because the measurement of concentration is totally unjustifiable and unsustainable.
The current rule says if you have a television station in a market or in several markets that add up to 35 percent of the population, you have reached the cap. That is absolutely a totally inadequate measurement of media concentration. It is like saying if I sold cars in New York City, which has 6 percent of the U.S. population, therefore I am selling cars to 6 percent of the population of the United States, when, in fact, I just have one car dealership in a city that has 6 percent of the population.
If there were no other car dealers in New York, yes, then I could say that I am selling 6 percent of all the cars in America because I am selling them in the city and I am the only dealer there. But that is the problem with the measurement we are using today and the reason moving it up to 45 percent certainly makes sense.
If I had television stations in Los Angeles, New York, Houston, and Miami, I would probably pass the cap--even if no one in those cities ever watched my television station. The current measurement assumes if you have a TV tower and a station in each one of those cities, in those cities everyone is watching your station every day, all day, and only your station.
Well, some of these cities have 150 television channels that people watch. They don't just watch NBC or CBS or ABC or Fox. They have 150 stations they can look to. Yet the current rule says if you have one station in each one of those big markets, and the population of those markets adds up to 35 percent of the population of the United States, you have reached the cap, and you cannot go over the cap, and you can't have another TV station--when, in fact, no one in the city may be watching your station or maybe only a few people in the city watch your particular station.
So when you are talking about concentration, it is not where the TV tower happens to be located; it is how many of the people in an area are watching your station. If you look at the ratings, you see that none of these operations in prime time come anywhere close to having 35 percent of the people in the country watch their station.
For Viacom, what, 3.4 percent is the amount of people watching. It is 3.4 percent of total TV households. It is not 35 percent; it is not 45 percent; it is only 3.4 percent. But the way the FCC and Congress measure it, because they have stations in large cities, such as Los Angeles, somehow they have reached the cap and they can't go over the cap, and, therefore, the idea of raising it to 45 percent some believe is so bad because of this media concentration; when, in fact, it has nothing to do with concentration. The current measurement is really outdated and makes no sense whatsoever.
So when people say the FCC is raising the cap to 45 percent, and a station can have 45 percent of the viewing audience in the country, it has nothing to do with that. The measurement only indicates the number of people in a city who could possibly be watching the station. If they were the only station in Los Angeles, that may be true, but when they have 150 other TV stations they are watching--you see the highest concentration is CBS with 3.4 percent, Fox is 3.1 percent, ABC is 1.5 percent, NBC is 2.8 percent--I think it really does not make the argument on the question of diversity and media concentration by saying that because you are located in a large city, you have media concentration merely because there are a lot of people in that city.
It is just like back to my example of owning a car dealership in New York. Obviously, just because New York is 6 percent of the population does not mean because I own an automobile dealership in New York I have sold every single car that is bought in New York. If I did, I would have 6 percent of the concentration of car sales in the country. But there are probably 1,000 car dealers in New York, and, obviously, everybody has a little piece of the action, but nobody has 100 percent. Yet the measurement the FCC uses really measures not the amount of concentration, it merely measures the population of the city.
So those who say what the FCC did was incorrect because it allows greater media concentration, that is simply not true. So I think the resolution should be rejected. If Congress does not reject it, this administration will veto it, and the result ultimately will be the same.
But on the three principal arguments of localism, diversity, and media concentration that are used in order to say why this resolution should pass, I think the evidence and the facts, as opposed to the rhetoric, are very clear that those three reasons are not sufficient to overturn the Communications Commission that has spent 2 years in bringing this to us.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
I suggest the absence of a quorum.
Mr. President, I withdraw my suggestion.
Mr. President, I express my deep concern about several provisions contained in this omnibus legislation. Many of these provisions were in direct contradiction to the bipartisan actions of this Senate…
Mr. President, I express my deep concern about several provisions contained in this omnibus legislation. Many of these provisions were in direct contradiction to the bipartisan actions of this Senate and the House of Representatives. It is alarming to me that in an Omnibus appropriations bill that the will previously expressed by both the House and the Senate would be contravened so arbitrarily and so dramatically. I am concerned about the process, as well as the specific issue that I come to speak about today.
First, tucked into this massive spending bill are several out and out gifts to the gun lobby. Some were included in a controversial House amendment and another was slipped into the bill later by the Republican leadership without a vote by the House and Senate conferees. That is highly unusual and, in terms of procedure, very dangerous to the functioning of this body and, indeed, to the constitutional obligations we must perform.
These provisions, with respect to guns, reduce law enforcement's abilities to carry out their responsibility to enforce our Nation's gun laws, and they do not provide any benefit to law-abiding gun owners. The other people who benefit from these provisions are criminals and prohibited purchasers, those who should not have firearms, according to the laws of this country. Again, I hear time after time that all we should do with respect to gun safety in this country is just enforce the laws. This is the mantra of the NRA and of the gun advocates. But how can you enforce the laws if law enforcement authorities are required to destroy information they obtain through the gun sales procedures under the Brady Act?
From the beginning, this attack on law enforcement's authority has been highly suspicious. According to a report in the Washington Post on July 21, 2003, Representative Todd Tiahrt, in the words of the Washington Post ``surprised many of his fellow Republicans'' when he offered an amendment in the House Appropriations Committee. In fact, Representative Frank Wolf, who chairs the Commerce, Justice, State Subcommittee on Appropriations, objected to the amendment, saying he had not had time to review it prior to its presentation. But Representative Tiahrt refused to withdraw the amendment and he won passage on a 31-to-30 vote, over the opposition of Chairman Wolf and Appropriations Committee Chairman Bill Young.
Meanwhile, Mr. Tiahrt assured his colleagues that the NRA had reviewed the language. He said, ``I wanted to make sure I was fulfilling the needs of my friends who are firearms dealers'' and that the NRA officials ``were helpful in making sure I had my bases covered.''
This insertion of language over the objections of the subcommittee chairman and the full Appropriations Committee chairman, at the behest of the NRA, to take care of your friends who are firearms dealers is not what we should embrace in this Omnibus appropriations bill.
In the conference between the House and the Senate, appropriators modified several of the provisions on a bipartisan basis of the original amendment offered by Representative Tiahrt. But the Republican leadership later inserted a most objectionable item over, presumptively, the objections of the committee chairman and the subcommittee chairman. The provision would require the FBI to destroy approved gun sale records within 24 hours.
The 24-hours-records-destruction provision would put more guns in the hands of criminals by preventing the FBI from discovering and correcting erroneous gun sales under the National Instant Criminal Background Check System.
Currently, approved gun sale records are retained for 90 days to allow the FBI to perform audits of the National Instant Criminal Background Check System, to ensure that if criminals or terrorists or other prohibited purchasers have acquired such a weapon incorrectly, and contrary to law, that these mistakes can be corrected, that the guns can be retrieved. This is not an imaginary problem. The General Accounting Office found that the during the first 6 months of the 90- day retention policy, the FBI used retained records to initiate 235 firearm retrieval actions, of which 228, or 97 percent, could not have been initiated under the next-day destruction policy required by this Omnibus appropriations bill.
Let me repeat that. In a 6-month period, the auditing of these records enabled retrieval of 235 firearms that were in the hands of prohibited persons--criminals, people who were spouse abusers, the whole category of perpetrators who are prohibited from having firearms because of their records--235. If this rule were in effect then, they would have recovered 7, leaving 228 with dangerous individuals whose conduct has already underscored their unworthiness to carry a firearm. They would have had these weapons. I can't see any other result of this policy than to put more weapons in the hands of identified criminals or identified violent individuals.
No one in this country is walking around saying let's give violent criminals more guns. Again, the mantra is: Just enforce the laws. Make sure those criminals don't have access to weapons. This provision cuts at the heart of all the rhetoric and all the hyperbole about ``just enforce the laws'' and ``guns don't kill, criminals kill,'' and exposes a grotesque miscarriage of justice. That is why organizations such as the International Association of Chiefs of Police and the FBI Agents Association oppose this provision.
But that is not all that is included in this Omnibus appropriations bill. The bill would also prohibit the ATF, the Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms Bureau, from finalizing a proposed August 2000 rule that would require gun dealers to conduct an annual physical inventory of the weapons in their possession. The purpose of the proposed rule is to allow dealers to go ahead and identify missing and stolen firearms and report them to the ATF in a timely fashion.
You would think every responsible dealer in this country would conduct periodic inventories and, as soon as a weapon was discovered missing or stolen, their first instincts would be to contact authorities. But we know that is not the case because this community of Washington, DC suffered through a string of sniper killings months ago that traumatized not only Washington but the entire Nation, and this string of sniper killings can be traced back to a weapon at Bulls Eye Shooter Supply, the gun seller where John Allen Muhammad and Lee Boyd Malvo obtained the assault rifle used in these attacks. After the snipers were apprehended, the gun was recovered and was traced back to Bulls Eye. What did they say? They had no record of selling the gun. They didn't even know the gun was missing until the shooting spree was over. The snipers' gun was just one of more than 238 firearms missing from Bulls Eye's inventory during the previous 3 years--a dealer who is missing 238 weapons in a 3-year period, one of which turns out to be the murder weapon in one of the most heinous assaults in the United States in many years. The ATF proposal requiring dealers such as Bulls Eye to conduct annual physical inventories is still pending. We should be urging them not to suspend this rule but to enact this rule. What could be more commonsensical, more obvious, after the sniper killings in Washington, than allowing the ATF to promulgate a rule so there is at least a physical inventory and requirement to report missing weapons?
We have learned nothing from the deaths of these people. We have learned nothing from the death of Conrad Johnson, a bus driver sitting in his bus reading his paper at 6:30 in the morning, supporting his family--his wife and his children--who was killed by these snipers.
This, to me, is preposterous. Yet here we are, trying to take an omnibus bill, holding billions of dollars in appropriations for all the programs my colleague from Missouri talked about that we all support-- holding them hostage to provisions like this, to provisions that fly in the face of our experience and that undercut all the rhetoric when we talked about learning from the mistakes of the past, from ensuring that criminals don't have weapons, from enforcing the laws. We are undercutting the ability of law enforcement to do their job.
Finally, this bill prohibits release of any information regarding firearms production or sale that is required to be kept by gun dealers or manufacturers. In addition, no information or records regarding multiple handgun sales--where two or more handguns are sold to the same buyer within 5 days--or crime-gun-tracing information that is reported to the ATF could be reported to the public. No, let's throw a cloak of silence over all of these laws, eviscerate the regulation, and prevent any disclosure of information that should be public.
ATF has in the past made this information available under the Freedom of Information Act, but this information has been used to highlight some of the discrepancies and difficulties and deficiencies in our gun laws. As a result, the gun lobby doesn't want it out: No information, no knowledge, no problem. That is not right. There are problems here, problems we should address responsibly, and we are undercutting a responsible approach to ensuring that the present laws on the books are enforced. So the next time someone stands up and says just enforce the laws, remember you can't enforce the laws if you don't know how they are being enforced--and that is the purpose of this provision--and you certainly can't require law enforcement authorities to enforce laws when they are prohibited from having the information to do that.
This is an important right for the public to know, particularly with respect to firearms tracing from crime scenes. As a result of publicly available information, there have been identified several firearms dealers who were the source of a preponderance of weapons at crime scenes. That is valuable information, not only to law enforcement authorities but to the general public, and that information should be public.
We are facing numerous problems about gun violence. We have the threat of terrorism. Last night the President spoke repeatedly about terrorists. This is a situation made to be manipulated by terrorists who want firearms. If the record of their purchases is destroyed in 24 hours, if there is no requirement for an inventory of weapons, think of how we are setting out a situation that can be exploited, not just by criminals but by people with even more malign designs on this country. We are doing it and we are doing it in the middle of the night, figuratively speaking. None of these issues was fully debated, particularly the destruction of records within 24 hours. Procedurally we should reject it. Substantively we should reject it.
There is another issue we should be concerned about that many of my colleagues mentioned, and that is the overtime rule for American workers.
Last year, the administration announced its proposal to significantly weaken overtime protection. The proposal would take away from many hard-working Americans their ability to earn enough to support their families. The timing of this proposal is even more egregious. It comes during a period when more and more Americans are struggling to make ends meet and while the country is bleeding jobs overseas.
It was announced this week that IBM was going to hire 15,000 people this year. The only problem is that they are only going to hire about 1,500 in the United States.
Yet for those people who are struggling to find jobs, to keep jobs, and to better their lives, we are telling the employers they do not have to pay overtime. It doesn't make sense to me. It doesn't make sense to this Senate because on September 10, the Senate passed a measure to prevent millions of American workers from being stripped of their overtime. We acted in a bipartisan fashion. In doing so, we reaffirmed our support for protecting these hard-working Americans.
Unfortunately, safeguards to overtime pay were stripped out at the President's request, again leaving Americans vulnerable.
At a time when the President is talking about job growth and providing additional benefits to families, why does he want to weaken the laws designed to create jobs and to protect hard-working Americans? We know what is happening today. Employers are not hiring full-time workers. They are extending the hours of their existing workforce because of the pressures they face. When you lower the number of people who qualify for overtime pay, that is an incentive to continue that practice of simply extending the hours of current workers and not hiring new workers. This will go against our hopes by all, I believe, that this year our economy can start hiring people again--not simply adding a few hours to the workday of existing workers. But certainly those few hours of additional work deserve to be compensated by overtime. This law cuts it. About 11 million workers receive overtime pay. Many understaffed fields such as nursing are required by law in many communities to pay mandatory overtime. Yet under this rule, that mandatory overtime would not in all cases be compensated.
Other workers rely on this extra income simply to make ends meet. The people who are in danger of losing their benefits are health care workers and technicians, paralegals, restaurant workers, draftsmen, therapists, retail managers, news reporters, police officers, firefighters, and even military reservists.
What I find most objectionable is that this proposal basically says that reservists who are coming back who have had certain kinds of training in the Armed Forces are no longer considered eligible for overtime pay. This is preposterous. These individuals could literally have left their employment a few months ago to respond to the call of the Nation in a time of danger and receive some training while they are in the military, or have that training before on the weekends as a reservist, and now find themselves penalized for the training they received in the military in terms of getting overtime pay. That is preposterous. That is what this rule would do. It could affect thousands of military reservists. That is not only unfortunate in individual cases, but that is a stunning snub to Americans who are risking their lives in serving their country collectively.
I again am amazed that such a proposal would even be submitted, and I am more amazed that we would, today, be prepared to vote on it in this Omnibus appropriations bill.
American workers work more hours than any others in the world--1,900 hours per year. Yet, still, they need more to get by and to make ends meet.
I am amazed that the administration would continue on this track of undercutting overtime in the United States, and I am extremely disappointed. Rather than trying to undercut the wages of Americans, we should be looking for ways to increase the wages of Americans.
I think these two provisions are problematic. Many more of my colleagues have spoken about that and have called into serious question both the procedures that brought us here and certainly the substance of these proposals.
At this time, in conclusion, I would like to propound a unanimous consent request.
I ask unanimous consent that the Senate proceed to the immediate consideration of a concurrent resolution which I shall send to the desk correcting the enrollment of the omnibus conference report; the resolution strikes the language which requires the FBI to destroy gun purchase background check information after 24 hours; that the current resolution be agreed to, and the motion to reconsider be laid upon the table.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that I be allowed to consume as much time as I may require to speak in opposition to this proposed resolution. I thank the Chair. Mr. President, I rise today to…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that I be allowed to consume as much time as I may require to speak in opposition to this proposed resolution.
I thank the Chair.
Mr. President, I rise today to urge my colleagues to oppose this resolution which will essentially throw out six media ownership regulations issued by the FCC on June 2. There are a variety of issues to cover, and I hope to do that in a coherent and cogent manner.
Let me first say to my friend from North Dakota, the issues we are talking about are media ownership of 35 percent versus 45 percent; the issue of cross-ownership, whether newspapers and TV stations can be owned by the same entity or enterprise; and the other issue is whether medium and smaller sized markets are afforded the same opportunities for working together as are allowed in large media markets.
Those are the three issues. A lot is focused on just one issue, but the cross-ownership and the so-called duopoly or multiple ownership issues are also very important.
It was said by the Senator from North Dakota that the local TV cap and cross-media rule are going to allow one company to dominate sources of news and information in one community. This is simply not true. It is an alarmist argument that may get folks all fired up.
The rules the FCC put forward modify the rules that represent long overdue reactions to very extensive and well-researched and documented changes in the marketplace. The new ownership rules that are being put forward ensure no company can dominate a local media landscape.
In reality, the newspaper cross-ownership will continue to be completely prohibited in all markets with three or fewer TV stations while only cross-ownership will be allowed in midsized markets with between four and eight TV stations. Only in the Nation's largest market, representing approximately 70 out of the 210 TV markets in the United States, would cross-ownership restrictions be removed.
Even in those markets, however, parties will continue to be subject to the FCC's separate local television duopoly and radio ownership limits. So any newspaper-broadcast combination thus will be subjected to competition from at least three and generally more independently owned television stations, numerous radio outlets, not to mention the wealth of cable, DSS, the Internet satellite print competitors, as well, that make up the contemporary media ownership spectrum that is available to consumers.
From the very beginning, in the 1930s, the core principles that drove the Nation's communications policies were localism, competition, and diversity. Ownership rules are a byproduct of this public interest and in constructing rules, our Government seeks to preserve these principles, and they continue to be preserved with the FCC's regulation.
After 20 months of decisions, comprehensive, exhaustive analysis by the FCC, they have finally done what the
courts and the Congress commanded them to do--to adopt new ownership rules that are based on empirical evidence and also the present marketplace.
On June 2, the Commission made positive steps in crafting updated rules to take into account the new media outlets that are available to consumers for news information and entertainment.
Every 2 years, the FCC is required by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 to review the media-ownership regulations. Over the past 2 years, five of the six ownership rules were challenged in court. In each case, the FCC's prior regulations, or regulations at that time, were overturned. Indeed, both Congress and the courts have given the Commission a high standard of establishing legally sustainable ownership limits that most importantly remain in the public interest.
Unfortunately, many have turned this important policy debate into a political one, substituting opinion for fact. Allegations that these rules will allow four or five companies to dominate all major sources of news and information in one community make for good headlines but are simply not grounded in fact.
Over 40 years ago, in the era of black and white television, three networks controlled the TV airwaves, providing only 15 minutes of evening news and 5 minutes of brief news snippets throughout the day on an irregular basis.
Today, the fact is there are more choices available to the consumer in terms of how they access information than any other time in our Nation's history--in fact, more than any time in the history of mankind. Even in small towns, the number of media outlets, including cable, satellite, radio and TV stations, has increased by over 250 percent during the past 40 years.
Independent ownership of these outlets is far more diverse with approximately 139 percent more independent owners than there were 40 years ago. Today, there are three 24-hour all-news networks, seven broadcast networks, and over 300 cable networks. The multiple news programs, independent commentary, public affairs channels are all fueling our democratic economy and opportunities. There is more programming, more choice and more control in the hands of citizens today than ever before.
Sure, times have changed, changed for the better, and the rules governing this burgeoning industry also ought to change to reflect the current state of innovation and new technologies. Otherwise, the rules that were once designed to help consumers, if this resolution passes, have the potential to harm consumers, limiting quality and opportunities for choice programming.
Much of this debate gets focused on the 35-percent versus 45-percent broadcast ownership cap and whether that ought to be increased. Our opponents maintain that increasing the cap presents a problem because the five major broadcast networks already own 80 to 90 percent of the top cable channels. In truth, the five companies do not control the majority of the channels. Eighty to ninety percent, that statistic, is what the opponents refer to as actually related to viewership.
Now, we heard earlier about Disney and we do not want to be against Disney. Well, let's just take last Sunday night's ESPN broadcast of the Raiders-Titans game which was played in Nashville, TN. I did not particularly like the results, but it sure did score big ratings, averaging 10.8 million viewers, averaging 7.8 million households. However, this number only amounts to approximately 11 percent of all households that subscribe to cable or satellite programming. This is by far the No. 1 for ESPN for an opening Sunday night game. At any given time, a consumer watching television actually has an opportunity to look at 54 different stations.
Sunday night's game was the highest rated regular season game in the Nashville TV market since the Titans moved to Music City. Of the sixty- eight percent of the televisions that were on in Nashville, two-thirds of them were watching the Raiders-Titans game. That is about 48 percent of all TVs, so not every TV was on. Nevertheless, those that were on, 68 percent were watching that game. It was the sixth highest rated TV broadcast overall in Nashville since 1997. The top four, and five of the top six, highest rated TV programs in Nashville since 1997 are Titans games. That was led by last January's AFC championship game, in which case I was more happy in that the Raiders beat the Titans, but that was the No. 1 Sunday game of all-time back in January.
With this approach, since people in the Nashville, TN, area, or maybe in the Oakland area or elsewhere, two-thirds of them wanting to watch that game, does that mean we ought to be prohibiting or regulating or punishing ESPN or ABC or Disney because they have programming that people actually want to watch? What do we want to make them do, watch something we think is better for them than popular programming?
This is a rare situation that there is such viewership, but that will happen. It is consumer choice to see it. In my view, what we ought to do is trust free people. I would never advocate limiting consumer choice or American's ability to access information.
We are all concerned about consolidation. We all are opposed to monopolies and care about antitrust. We want to preserve diversity and competition in the media marketplace, but if we look at the real number of options that are available to consumers today across media outlets, consumers have an unprecedented abundance of choices.
We get statistics from 1943 to 2000, and there are obviously big increases. Newspapers are about the same or slightly less. In 1943 there were about 1,700 daily newspapers. Now there are approximately 1,500. In 1943 there were 931 AM stations. In 1978, there were about 4,500. In 2001--the best statistics we have presently--it has gone up to 4,700-plus AM stations. In 1943, there were 59 FM radio stations. In 1978, there were 4,069. It has doubled since 1978 to over 8,285 FM stations.
Full-power TV stations have gone from 6 in 1943 to 988 in 1978, and in 2001, there were 1,686 full-powered TV stations. In 1978 there were zero lower powered TV stations. In 2001, there were 2,212 low-powered TV stations. Cable started kicking off in the 1970s, and it had about 13 million subscribers. Now, in 2001, there are 69 million. DBS subscribers, of course, there were zero if we are talking about to 1990. In 2001, there were 16 million plus.
There are a variety of other areas: Internet access, big difference. Nobody was using Internet access back in the 1990s. Now there are literally hundreds of millions of people on the Internet, and Internet access is about 72 percent. Broadcast networks in 2001, 7 in English and 2 in Spanish; cable networks are now approximately 300; and there are over approximately 2,454-plus channel cable systems. That is what is in the power, in the discretion, in the choice of the American people. They are the ones who see the competition. They are the ones who have control and are making the choice as to what they want to watch.
On the issues of newspaper cross-ownership and the local television ownership or duopoly issues, if the resolution were debated today and passed next week, we would be reverting back to the rules that were created in the 1970s. In both cases, the rules are outdated and largely unnecessary, given the increase in the number of media outlets. In some cases, cross-ownership may actually benefit consumers in smaller markets where broadcast companies and newspaper owners face financially challenging conditions. If this resolution passes, local television stations in smaller markets will be prohibited from combining to pool their resources to provide better programming and more local coverage.
We all know local news and reporting is expensive to produce, both in getting digital equipment and quality news staff. Those are major expenses, especially in smaller markets where there is less advertising; therefore, less can be charged but there are still pretty much the basic same costs as a large market would have. And while the large market can get all that advertising revenue because they are potentially having contact with more people, they can get their costs recouped. In the smaller markets, there are pretty much the same costs with less of a revenue stream, which makes it more difficult to operate stations in those smaller markets.
I am aware of at least two markets in Virginia--Harrisonburg and Charlottesville--that would benefit from the new media rules the Commission issued on June 2. Both of these markets are very small in comparison to the big markets of New York City and Los Angeles and simply don't have the same resources available for comprehensive news programming and so forth that the New York City and LA markets may have. But they still try to make it in a smaller market.
Another interesting nuance, ignored in this, is what this does to some markets that were grandfathered, before the 1996 act. In some Virginia markets, and one shared with Virginia and Tennessee, back in 1975 they were grandfathered, or waived, under the ownership rules. If this resolution passes, they potentially will no longer be able to provide local news--if this resolution passes. This is where you have cross-ownership. Previously, and currently under the present rules and law, both the Roanoke and Lynchburg markets as well as the Tri-Cities-- which, as the President knows, are Bristol, Johnson City, and Kingsport--were grandfathered. If this resolution passes, potentially they will no longer be able to provide local news.
You also have in the Lynchburg market the local television station and the two local newspapers, the Lynchburg and Danville papers. Both of these media sources have been permitted to combine resources, and that has led to expanded news coverage and increased program offerings for their customers and constituents.
I am increasingly convinced by these successful examples in Virginia--this is not theory but it is fact--that we should be relaxing the newspaper cross-ownership rules and regulations. If this resolution passes, it will harm the ability of these voices and these markets to be able to pool their resources for more effective and better reporting and production. I think these FCC rules, by the way, preserve the key, core principles of localism, diversity, and competition.
A duopoly--local TV cap. I was visited by several constituent station managers from the Shenandoah Valley, Roanoke area, and Bristol. They raised the local television ownership rule which, if this resolution were to pass, would restrict ownership of more than one station in a market with eight voices or fewer.
These small, local television managers confirm that revenue and facility sharing would help keep struggling stations afloat in small markets and actually, and logically, would improve the quality and diversity of programming currently available to viewers.
It is certainly the prerogative of the Senator from North Dakota to use the Congressional Review Act and bring before the Senate this resolution of disapproval. At issue are some of the founding principles of government: Freedom of speech and the press, freedom to associate and to petition the Government, freedom to acquire and hold property in accordance with the law.
Our Founding Fathers understood that government should not have the power to restrict speech without deeply compelling justifications. I believe the public interest is ill served when Congress forces the FCC to revert back to ownership rules that were overturned by the courts for being outdated and not guided by solid factual records.
In my opinion, the congressional mandate established in the 1996 Telecommunications Act and the court order forced the FCC, in a positive and proactive way, to conduct a thorough and exhaustive review of the media ownership rules. I am confident that the Commission's June 2 order established legally sustainable ownership limits that accomplished these three goals: No. 1, promoting diversity, localism, and competition; No. 2, updating the rules to reflect a multitude of new outlets for news information and entertaining; and, No. 3, striking a careful balance that promotes the public interest while ensuring no one company can monopolize any one medium of communications or limit any American's ability to access information.
I will conclude by asking my colleagues to oppose this resolution, stand strong for freedom, and support the FCC. Don't foul up. Look forward. Look forward into the reality of opportunity today in America. Let's move forward with that rational, logical approach promulgated by the FCC.
I yield the floor.
Show 11 more
Madam President, Senator Byrd has time that has been reserved. He has indicated to me that he is going to speak for 2 hours. He will be here at 12:30 to begin his important discussion about the bill…
Madam President, Senator Byrd has time that has been reserved. He has indicated to me that he is going to speak for 2 hours. He will be here at 12:30 to begin his important discussion about the bill now before the Senate.
I understand the intensity and sincerity of the feelings of the Senator from New Mexico. As Senators know, he and I have worked together for many years on the Appropriations Committee, the Energy and Water Subcommittee, which is a very important part of our Government. He has been chairman, I have been chairman, and we have worked together and developed a tremendous amount of affection for each other. I repeat that I know how strongly he feels about this legislation. There may be some who feel differently about this bill, and whether their feelings are as intense as his is not important. But there are people who feel very strongly about this and they have problems with this bill. I hope before this year's end we can work toward having an Energy bill for this country.
There are things in the bill that are extremely important to the State of Nevada. I have personally told Senator Baucus and Senator Grassley how I think they have done remarkably good work, generally speaking, with the tax provisions of the Energy bill. So I hope that at some time we have the ability to work something out on this legislation. I know I will make myself available to the Senator from New Mexico to see if there is a way we can narrow the gap. As the Senator from New Mexico knows, there may be two, three, or four Senators who are crucial to coming up with finality to this bill. If we can work something out to satisfy those individuals and not lose some on the other side, maybe we can do something.
I want to say this, though, to my friend from New Mexico, not in relation to the Energy bill but to the underlying bill. The Senator went to some length talking about things that both bodies did not agree on and people are upset that it is not in this Energy bill. Well, I can understand why the Senator from New Mexico, being the legislator that he is, cannot understand why if the House and the Senate by their bodies assembled have not approved legislation, how in the world you think the conference committee can stick it in when both bodies have not agreed to it. With the omnibus bill, you have the opposite situation. In the omnibus bill now before the Senate, you have the Senate and the House duly assembled who have voted overwhelmingly to support provisions, and the President and his minions go to the conference committee and say you are going to take these things out or you are not going to get a bill.
Are they things that don't matter? No. They are very important. For example, overtime. The President wants people who make more than $22,000 a year to not be eligible for overtime pay. The House and the Senate said we don't agree with the President, and we passed legislation by virtue of amendments in this body and in the House which said you cannot do that, Mr. President. The President said: I don't care what you have done in these two legislative bodies. I want it out.
Now, if that wasn't bad enough, he goes to an issue that is so important--and I repeat on the Senate floor today that Monday night we had a little family gathering, which we call ``family home evenings.'' We had our children and we went to this Caribbean restaurant with my three grandchildren who live in Washington, and my daughter and son-in- law, Landra and I. My little 13-year-old granddaughter has had mononucleosis. She has been sick and has missed a lot of school. She came to dinner. She is feeling better. She attended school yesterday. She was real hungry Monday night. One of the things with mono is you don't have an appetite. She was hungry. She ordered something she really liked, steak and fries. It had a fancy name for it, but that is what it was. She ordered steak and fries.
While we were in conversation, I heard her say to her brother who is 8 years old: Aiden, would you like some mad cow? Here are my grandchildren. They know this is bad. We know there is no way to prevent the beef that goes into this restaurant from coming from Argentina, Mexico, or Bolivia. I don't know where else they raise beef. Canada. We know they raise beef there. Even my grandchildren are concerned about mad cow disease.
In the bill that we wanted to come before this body, there was a provision in it that said you have to have a country-of-origin labeling on the meat that is sold to consumers. The President said: I don't care what the House and Senate have done; they passed these overwhelmingly, but I don't care because I want to take care of my corporate friends, and my corporate friends say country-of-origin labeling is not good; I don't care about mad cow or hoof-and-mouth disease; if you want a bill, you take this out. The Republican leadership in the House and Senate said: OK, Mr. President. And they took it out.
So now this bill, which will probably pass tomorrow, does not have that provision in it. Country-of-origin labeling is not in the bill.
I don't think that is a real good deal. It is too bad. But he did the same thing with how much ownership these big broadcasters can have.
I didn't come here to talk about this, but with what Senator Domenici said about if you don't put something in a bill, how do you expect it to be stuck in conference, I say if you put stuff in a bill that is passed by two duly assembled bodies, how in Heaven's name can the President in conference demand it be taken out? He has done it, especially on issues that deal with the average American: overtime and labeling of beef. It is another example of this President being the President for corporate America and not the people who work for those corporations.
Yesterday, the New York Times reported that the administration wants to increase Medicare payments to insurance companies and HMOs by a record 10.6 percent. This handout, which is five times as large as the typical increase, was mandated by the new Medicare law that passed this body by one vote.
The Congressional Budget Office estimates those extra payments to private plans will total more than $500 million this year and over the next decade $14 billion; $14 billion extra, added on that the taxpayers are going to shell out to insurance companies and these health care providers.
We could do a lot of things with $14 billion. Instead of this handout, maybe there are ways we could use the $14 billion to help Nevada. People in Nevada need health insurance. There are in America today 44 million Americans who have no health insurance, and Nevada is at the top of the list. We could cut health care costs paid by patients, improve the care they receive, and expand coverage. For example, the direct benefit created by the new Medicare bill is confusing and certainly inadequate. Instead of wasting $14 billion on this handout, we should use that money to give seniors the drug coverage they need and not give it as a sop to the insurance industry.
Under the new Medicare law, a senior must spend $810 out of pocket per year before he or she will receive a penny from Medicare. And a senior who spends $5,000 a year on drugs will be stuck with almost 80 percent of the bill. Essentially, this law will penalize our sickest seniors, the very ones who need help the most.
The new law has a huge gap in coverage. Listen to this. Once a senior spends $2,250 on prescription drugs, he or she will have to pay the full price for drugs until they get up to $5,100. Obviously, these people who are using $2,100 worth of drugs are sick. That doesn't matter. There is a hole, a big hole until they hit $5,100. They pay it all. But they have to continue to pay premiums the whole time.
Instead of a handout to the insurance industry, we could use the $14 billion to
protect senior citizens who will actually be worse off under the new Medicare bill. In Nevada, 15,000 seniors stand to lose the coverage they currently receive from former employers, and our poorest seniors in Nevada, those who receive both Medicaid and Medicare, will be forced to pay a copay under the new law, something they don't have to do at present. This will create a new expense which will be a significant burden for those with chronic conditions and disease who are struggling to make ends meet on fixed incomes.
We can use the money to provide a drug benefit now instead of waiting 2 years while our seniors struggle with the rising cost of drugs. It took less than a year to start the entire Medicare Program, and that was before we had computers. Surely, we can add a drug benefit in less than 2 years.
Finally, we need to expand health care coverage. As I said, there are 44 million people in our country who don't have health care coverage at all. In Nevada, a sparsely populated State, 600,000 people under age 65 were without health insurance last year. Most of these people, including children, are working families. They go to work every day, but they can't afford the peace of mind that comes with health insurance, so how can we afford an HMO handout of $14 billion?
My youngest son who is a lawyer and worked here in Washington got a new job in Las Vegas. He is educated. He has two little girls and, in a matter of days, is going to have a third little girl. He could afford the gap coverage until he got his new job. Most people couldn't do that. For just I think 2 weeks he had to pay $1,200 to have coverage for his family. Most people can't do that. Most people have these big gaps, and they are stuck when an automobile accident or something happens to them in the way of illness and they have no insurance.
I want to make it clear that I am not opposed to private health care plans in Medicare. I have received letters from senior citizens in Nevada who told me they are enrolled in Medicare HMOs, and they have told me they are happy with the care they receive.
I am not opposed to competition. Make no mistake; competition is a good thing. It is a strong incentive for efficiency and productivity. I think this administration has a different definition of competition than I have.
They are all in favor of competition when it comes to a worker in a national park who might be making $30,000 a year. They think people like that should compete with private contractors to keep their jobs. But when it comes to big corporations, such as HMOs, the administration doesn't like competition. Why else would a company such as Halliburton get a billion-dollar contract without even submitting a bid? That is not competition.
Why does the new Medicare bill contain a provision that expressly forbids the Government to use its bargaining power to negotiate prices with drug companies? Is that how the free market is supposed to work? No. Now we have a handout for insurance companies.
We were told it would be good to let private companies compete with traditional Medicare because they would be more efficient which would allow them to provide better care and less costs.
While I am talking about privatizing, don't forget last night the President again in his State of the Union Address talked about privatizing Social Security. I have to hand it to him, he has a lot of nerve because it is rare I find anyone who wants to privatize Social Security. He had some buzz words, but that is what it all meant.
These private companies that compete with traditional Medicare now have their hand out for a 10.6-percent increase because they say it is the only way they can continue to serve Medicare patients. That does not sound very efficient to me. It does not sound like competition. It does not sound like a great deal for seniors who are struggling to buy medicine or for taxpayers. It certainly does not sound like real competition.
This HMO handout to the insurance industry and the managed care entities is an example of the way the administration has one set of rules for the big-money interests, the corporate interests, and another set of rules for people who work for these corporations.
Competition is OK for ordinary folks, but the fat cats get sweet deals like the HMO handouts.
This is a case of misplaced priorities, just like the misplaced priority of spending $14 billion on a corporate handout instead of using it to improve health care for ordinary Americans. This is just one more reason we need to work to fix the problems in Medicare so seniors will have the coverage they deserve. I hope the administration will take another look at its priorities and reconsider this ill- advised HMO handout. According to the State of the Union last night, he has his veto pen ready in case we try to do it.
Before I yield the floor and before Senator Byrd speaks, we have been gone for a few months and it is good that I remind myself on occasion how I have been educated in the years I have been in Congress, now more than two decades, by the senior Senator from the State of West Virginia. Better than any movie, any ball game, any recreational activity that I can think of, I have had more fun learning from the Senator from West Virginia. I still look back with almost reverence to his lectures on the line-item veto, on why it should not be done and why we would be like the Roman Empire. It would be the beginning of the end of legislative power. It would be the beginning of the end of this great Government that we so much admire.
I remind the Senator from West Virginia, those lectures--and I call them lectures because they were done by someone who knows as much as any professor about the Roman Empire--they were done so well that at the University of Nevada Las Vegas, the head of the political science department taught a course based simply on the lectures of the Senator from West Virginia. So whether he is talking about Iraq, as he has done so well, about homeland security, about the energy policy in this country, about the State of West Virginia and what needs to be done with transportation and what needs to be done in this country, all of these many subjects have been lots of fun for this Senator from Nevada. I have been educated, and I am a better Senator and a better person and the State of Nevada has done better by me as a result of learning so much from the Senator from West Virginia.
Senator McCain is scheduled to be here at 2 o'clock, and he has indicated he will be here, so I suggest the absence of a quorum pending the arrival of Senator McCain.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, we have been advised by the majority cloakroom that Senator McCain will not be here for a few minutes. We don't want him to lose any of his hour. He told me how important it is to him to have that hour. So I ask unanimous consent the Senator from Iowa be recognized. When Senator McCain does appear on the floor, Senator Harkin would yield to him.
I ask unanimous consent that Senator McCain be allotted his full hour.
Mr. President, the Senator from New Jersey, Mr. Lautenberg, has been waiting a long time. He is in the cloakroom. If we can have Democratic speakers in order, Senator Harkin, Senator Lautenberg, then Senator Graham, and Republicans to speak in between, that will certainly be appropriate. We have been going back and forth. Will that be OK?
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded. Mr. President, I will speak on the issue of the education funding in this omnibus bill which is being held up…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, I will speak on the issue of the education funding in this omnibus bill which is being held up by our colleagues on the other side of the aisle, which is unfortunate.
The issue of education, of course, is one of the priorities of our concerns in Congress. We have made significant strides under President Bush in addressing a variety of different areas involving education, and this omnibus continues that progress. It is interesting to note the commitment which we as a Republican Party and the President, under his leadership, have made since coming into office.
The commitment to education, specifically, has been dramatic. For example, in the area of No Child Left Behind, which is funding for low- income disadvantaged students, as compared with the prior administration, in the last 3 years we have seen a 32 percent increase in funding, going from $18.4 billion up to $24 billion. In the Title I account, we have seen an increase of 41 percent, going from $8.8 billion to $12.3 billion. In the area of special education, we have seen a 59 percent increase in funding, going from $6.3 billion up to $10.1 billion. In the area of funds going to K through 12, totally, we have seen an increase of 36.5 percent, from $26 billion to $35 billion. In the area of Pell grants, we have seen an increase, going from $8.8 billion to $12 billion, or an increase of 37 percent. That is in the last 3 years of this President.
This bill carries forward those initiatives. The fact this bill is not passed and the Democrats insist on holding it up will represent a very significant cut in the amount of money that would have gone into title I, which is education for underprivileged children, into special education, and into Pell grants.
If we go under a continuing resolution, which is the other option to not passing this omnibus bill, it will mean title I will end up being cut by over $650 million. Those are dollars that go out to low-income kids, to schools that educate low-income kids, which is critical to bring these children up to speed so they can compete with their peers and have a chance at the American dream.
In addition, in the special education area, if this bill is not passed, it will represent an approximately $1.2 billion cut in special education. Anyone who goes back to their State and spends any time with their local communities knows the cost of special education is one of the most difficult issues which the local education community faces because the Federal Government requires, as rightly it should, that children with special needs be educated and be educated at a level competitive with their peers who do not have special needs.
Unfortunately, that is very expensive. Originally, the Federal Government said it would pick up 40 percent of the cost of that education, but it has not been doing that. However, since President Bush came into office, we have dramatically increased our commitment in the area of special education. As a result, we have been able to reduce the burden on the local property owner because more money has been going out from the Federal Government to bear its share of special education, thus relieving the local property tax owner from having to bear not only the local share of special education but also the Federal share of the special education. If this bill is not passed, that is $1.2 billion of additional spending for special education which will not occur, which will mean that burden will be thrown right back on to the local property tax payer. That is certainly not something we should do. We have an obligation to try to get to full funding of the Federal share of special education. The President has made that commitment and we are on that path. This bill is part of that effort.
Pell grants is another example. We all know it has become very difficult for people who are going to college today to pay the cost of college because college tuition has increased so dramatically over the last 10 years, outstripping the rate of growth of inflation by a factor of about two and a half times.
One of the ways we have tried to relieve that burden is to increase the amount of money or to increase the amount of people who participate in the Pell grant program, which is a grant program which helps kids who are in college pay for their college tuition. If this omnibus bill does not pass, the Pell grant program will be penalized with a loss of tens of millions of dollars which would be available for college students in order to help defray their cost of education so when they get out of college they can participate aggressively in the workforce and earn the rewards of participating in the workforce without having the huge burden of debt placed on them by having to pay for their tuition costs and borrow money to do that but, rather, by having a Pell grant, which is not a loan.
This is a critical issue for us as a country. As the tuition rates go up and up, it has become more and more difficult for many people to participate in college education. We as a society cannot compete in the world unless we have a highly educated workforce. That highly educated workforce is conditioned on people being able to afford college. This bill allows a lot of people to participate in college who will not otherwise be able to.
We can honestly say if this bill is held up, low-income kids who go to title I schools will not receive the support they need, kids who are special-needs children will not be receiving the support they need, and the local taxes of people will go up as their real estate tax burden will go up, and many kids who are attending college will be unable to continue their college because they will not be able to obtain the Pell grant. There are real lives at risk if this bill is not passed in its present form.
There are other things this bill has that address education which are equally interesting and equally, in my opinion, significant. The most significant is the fact this bill includes the District of Columbia's efforts to pursue other options for their children in the area of education. The Mayor of the District of Columbia, the head of the school board of the District of Columbia, members of the city council of the District of Columbia came to Congress and asked those in a position to deal with education issues, Will you help us do some more creative things to try to
address a very serious problem in our school districts?
The serious problem is this: Washington, DC, spends the second most per child of any school district in the country. The only other school district in the country that spends more per child is New York City. Yet Washington, DC, has the worst performance for its children of any school district in the country; in fact, the worst in many categories. A lot of parents feel their children are trapped in schools that are not working. The Mayor appreciates this and wants to improve the school system but wants to give parents other options. They have in this town a private proposal, a private program for kids whose parents want to send their kids to a private school through a choice program, take them out of the public schools and put them in a private school. There are 7,500 kids waiting to participate in that program.
The Mayor and the head of the school board and members of the city council came to us and said, We would like to try a demonstration program in the area of choice where we will basically set up a fund which allows parents--most of these are single parents, by the way-- from very low-income situations to take their kids, if they are not performing and they are not getting the support they need in the public schools, to a private school as long as that private school subscribes to the standards we as a city public school system set both in the area of accountability and in the area of teaching those children.
It is a creative and courageous idea the Mayor has put forward along with the president of the education board and along with members of the city council--courageous, obviously, because it flies in the face of the professional education community, and especially the unions.
But the mayor is committed to trying to improve the educational level of the kids in Washington. He simply is not willing to accept the idea of generation after generation of children here in Washington being left behind and not being able to participate in the American dream because they cannot get the education they need.
When you have parents who are waiting, enthusiastically, to try to give their children an option, to try to give their children an opportunity, which does not exist today, by moving their child from a public school to a private school, when you have parents who are willing to take that risk with their children, and you have a mayor who is willing to do that, then you have a formula for maybe improving the lives of these children.
The mayor came to us and said: Give us this program. We would also like a program which helps us support more charter schools in the city and helps us do more school improvement in the basic public schools.
So we put together a package where we took $40 million out of other accounts within the Federal Government. I know because a significant amount of that $40 million came out of my own appropriations bill which has nothing to do with the city of Washington, and we moved that money into the city of Washington account. We divided it into three parts, and we structured it so that the mayor and the board of education and the council can set up three programs: One, to assist in the creation of charter schools; two, to add to the improvement of schools that already exist in Washington, the public school system; and, three, to have a choice program system. It is a creative and aggressive idea.
But if this bill does not go through, that program will fail. The mayor and the people who are committed to this, and, most importantly, the children who would benefit from this and their parents--and it is heartrending to meet these parents.
They have a lottery right now in this city where the private program--which is funded privately, which is the philanthropic program--every year draws out of a hat a group of names of kids who qualify to take part in the choice program. Literally thousands of parents, single moms in most instances, sit in that room and wait for their child's name to be drawn. When their child's name is not drawn, it is tragic, and the sense of loss is palpable. And when their child's name is drawn, the excitement that their child will have a shot at the American dream because they will get a decent education is electric.
So the mayor has set up this program, working with the president of the board of education and with members of his council, and they came to us and asked for this money.
Unfortunately, Members on the other side of the aisle have tried, in all sorts of ways, to defeat this program. It is ironic that they have because there are not a whole lot of Republicans serving in the municipal government in the District of Columbia. In fact, I do not think there are any. I don't know. I suspect there are not. I think only 12 percent of the people in the city are registered Republicans. The mayor is Democrat. I know the board of education is democratically controlled. The council is democratically controlled. The whole administration is democratically controlled.
It was, ironically, the leadership of the city, a Democratic leadership, that came to a Republican Congress and said: Give us this opportunity. We will take it. We will run with it. We will make these children's lives better and give their parents a chance to give their children something special.
Unfortunately, they were stone-walled, regrettably, by the other side of the aisle, but we were able to get around that and we were able to put in this bill the language which accomplishes this. If this bill fails, then that program fails, and it will mean that $40 million-- which is a huge amount of money--which would flow into the educational efforts here in Washington to try to improve those educational efforts--not by putting more money after money that has not worked in the past but, rather, by putting more money in programs which have a potential of working, and which we know will work in specific instances, such as charter schools and choice--that money will not go forward. That money will be a benefit, and there will be real lives impacted in a very positive way.
So we have seen a lot of crocodile tears from the other side of the aisle about their concern on education, about their concern about children. Where the rubber hits the road is whether this bill passes or not. A lot of children's lives here in Washington will be affected. If it does not pass, they will once again be put in a system which has failed them and failed their peers. And, regrettably, it has failed generations before them. If the bill does pass, there will be an opportunity, created by a creative and aggressive mayor who is willing to take chances.
If this bill passes, there will be relief for many taxpayers in America who are paying the burden of the Federal Government's share of special education. There will be relief on their property tax bills.
If this bill passes, people who are going to college will be able to stay in college, and they will not have to leave college because they can no longer afford to pay for it.
If this bill passes, title I children, children from low-income homes, will have a better shot at not being left behind because the No Child Left Behind bill will be more aggressively funded.
So there are real lives affected by whether or not this bill passes. I hope Congress will see fit, and our colleagues on the other side of the aisle will see fit, to stop this filibuster and pass this bill so these students can get on with their education.
I yield the floor and suggest the absence of a quorum.
Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Nevada for asking for this consent. Certainly I will yield to the Senator from Arizona when he arrives. I know he had time reserved. I listened with great…
Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Nevada for asking for this consent. Certainly I will yield to the Senator from Arizona when he arrives. I know he had time reserved.
I listened with great interest to the President's State of the Union speech, hoping to hear what kind of plans he had to help America's working families in the struggling economy. Unfortunately, I didn't hear anything to help the millions of people who are out of work and have given up looking for work because there are so few jobs. I think this administration needs to wake up and come up with a real jobs plan to help America's families.
We need to extend emergency unemployment insurance for the hundreds of thousands of people who paid into unemployment when they were working but months after losing their job still can't find work.
We need to raise the minimum wage, which has not been increased in over 6 years.
And the administration needs to immediately withdraw its proposal that would deny millions of workers their overtime pay. The President's proposal will deny overtime pay to 8 million workers. Five months ago the Senate voted 54 to 45 on my amendment to block the administration's effort to take away overtime pay to 8 million Americans. The House soon followed, 223 to 201. The Senate spoke again yesterday in its vote against cloture. This should not even be an issue on the Omnibus appropriations bill that is before us today. The Congress of the United States spoke up, clear as a bell, and said: No, the administration must not strip overtime rights from 8 million American workers.
But, as we all know, the administration refused to accept the will of Congress. The administration ordered its foot soldiers in the House to strip this provision from the omnibus. Senator Specter and I fought to keep it in, but the administration refused any cooperation or compromise. In the end, just like that, without any vote in the conference, the administration nullified the clear will of both Houses of Congress and the American people by sticking to his position to deny overtime pay rights to 8 million Americans.
This is a clear abuse of power by the administration and part of a pattern we have seen from this President, time and time again. The administration seems to believe in government by one branch, the executive branch. When there are no checks and balances, the result is bad public policy, and that is exactly what we see here today.
Mr. President, I see the Senator from Arizona has arrived. I will yield the floor and resume my talk on the overtime provisions later on sometime today.
Mr. President, what is the order right now?
Mr. President, in their absence, I ask unanimous consent that I be allowed to proceed for 15 minutes.
I thank the Chair.
Mr. President, picking up where I started earlier today, I listened to the President's State of the Union Message hoping he would come up with a real jobs plan to help America's families. But quite frankly, there was nothing in the State of the Union Address that talked about that.
We need to extend emergency unemployment for the hundreds of thousands of people who paid in when they were working, but months after losing their jobs, they still can't find work.
We need to raise the minimum wage, which has not been increased in 6 years.
And right now, most important of all, the administration needs to withdraw its proposal that would deny millions of American workers their overtime pay protections.
Five months ago, the Senate voted on my amendment 54 to 45 to block the administration's effort to take away overtime pay protection for up to 8 million workers. That's right, the Bush proposal that came out of the Department of Labor would deny overtime pay protection to 8 million American workers.
The House followed soon after us and voted 223 to 201, and the Senate spoke again yesterday in its vote against cloture.
Now, again, this should not even be an issue in the Omnibus appropriations bill before us. Congress spoke up clear as a bell. They said: No, the administration should not strip overtime pay protection for these 8 million workers.
As we all know, the administration refused to accept the will of Congress. The administration ordered its foot soldiers in the House to strip the provision from this omnibus bill. Senator Specter and I fought to keep it in, but the administration refused any cooperation or any compromise. In the end, just like that, the administration nullified the clear will of both Houses of Congress and of the American people.
This is a clear abuse of power by the administration and it is part of a pattern we have seen from this President time and again. The administration seems to believe in government by one branch, the executive branch. Time and again, we see this administration running roughshod over the will of Congress. When there are no checks and balances, the result is bad public policy, and that is exactly what we see today.
The administration's new rule is a stealth attack on the 40-hour workweek, pushed by the White House without one single public hearing. As I have said time and again over the last several months, it will effectively end overtime pay for dozens of occupations, including police officers, firefighters, clerical workers, air traffic controllers, social workers, journalists, nurses.
In the amendment that I offered and that we voted on and that the House supported, there was one part of the President's proposal our amendment did not touch. The President's proposal does increase the income threshold that guarantees overtime pay protection from $8,060 a year to $22,100 a year. In other words, if someone makes under $22,100 a year, under the President's proposal they are guaranteed overtime pay if they work more than 40 hours a week, regardless of their occupation. Well, my amendment did not touch that, but now we understand that the Labor Department is providing tips within the proposal to employers on how to get around it. It included helpful tips for employers, advice on how to avoid paying overtime to the lowest paid workers who are supposedly helped by the new rule.
For example, here is a list of what they have put out to employers--I might say probably to unscrupulous employers because honest employers are not going to do this anyway. If employers want to get around the rules,
the administration is telling them how to do it.
They are suggesting how employers can avoid paying overtime. First, they lower existing wages so when workers accrue overtime, their net pay will not grow. In other words, reduce their pay, work them longer hours so that the net effect is the same. So the workers will be working more than 40 hours a week but their pay will be exactly the same. Now, that is what has come from the Department of Labor. That is what they are telling employers to do to get around that provision in their proposal.
Secondly, they are saying change workers' duties so they are exempt from the overtime rules. Well, okay. So let's say someone makes slightly over $22,100 a year. Therefore, they might be eligible for overtime. Just change their designation. Say they are something else. Put them under the category of exempt from overtime, and guess what; they are exempt from overtime.
If an employee is close to the $22,100, what they are saying is, raise their wages to the level required to be exempt. So if someone is making $22,000 a year, or $21,700, just raise their pay to $22,100, work them over 40 hours a workweek, and do not pay them any more overtime. That is the way to get around it. This is from the Bush administration. That is what they are telling employers to do. Lastly, do not let them work more than 40 hours a week.
Well, this sweeping proposal is in direct contrast to the intent of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 that established the 40-hour workweek for America's workers. It is a slap in the face to the millions of American workers who depend on overtime pay to support their families and make ends meet.
We are not talking about spare change. We are talking about taking away some 25 percent of the income of American workers. It is essential family income that helps pay the mortgage, feed the children, pay for college, save for a rainy day, save for retirement.
Now, again, one can say do not let them work more than 40 hours a week, family time is premium time. For an American worker to spend time with their children at baseball games, basketball games, football games, or at school meetings, or just to be home with their families late in the evening or on a weekend is premium time. If an employer is going to ask an American worker, a man or a woman, to give up their premium time with their families, they had better pay them premium wages, which is what overtime is.
No. The Bush administration is saying, hey, this family-friendly administration--how many times have we heard that, ``family-friendly administration''?--is now saying: Forget about it; if an employee wants to work overtime away from their family, we are going to make sure they do not get overtime. Or if they need the overtime to pay for retirement and stuff, we are suggesting they do not work an employee over 40 hours a week.
Again, we already know that American workers are working more than what they have in the past and more than what they have done in other nations. If we look at this chart, we can see that American workers work more hours than workers in other industrialized nations. Here is the United States over here. Hours worked per employed person in 2001 is slightly over 1,800. Look at where it is in Denmark, France, Ireland, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Italy, and Germany. American workers are already working longer than any other workers in any other industrialized country.
What the administration is saying is we are going to work employees longer and not pay them any more.
It will not create one new job. It will give employers a disincentive to hire new workers if they can force their current employees to work more hours with no increase in pay. That is exactly what it is. It is anti-worker. It is anti-family. It is bad economic policy.
Congress did the right thing in voting to block this new rule. Now that Congress's vote and voice have been nullified, we are hearing from the Department of Labor that the new rule will go in in March. I am here to serve notice that just as I offered this amendment last summer, I will offer it again and again on any legislation that comes to the floor of the Senate. We will not give up, nor will others who have fought this fight with us. The American people will not allow us to drop this issue. They have been watching this issue closely because it hits so close to home.
Lastly, I was home over the break period and there was this cartoon that appeared in the Des Moines Register which I thought kind of summed it all up. Here is a police officer standing over a poor guy who looks as if he has been run over by a truck. The police officer is taking it down and he is saying: ``You say the guy who took your overtime pay bore a striking resemblance to the one who gave it to you in the first place?''
So on the one hand, President Bush is saying we are going to raise the threshold so that employees are covered by overtime pay provisions. On the other hand, they are saying to employers: This is how to get around it. Here is how employers can get around this proposed rule so that they can take overtime pay away.
The President wants to have it both ways. He wants to tell the American workers that he is going to increase their overtime pay. On the other hand, he is whispering to employers: Do not worry, I have ways you can get around it.
There is only one way, and that is the right way, which is to pay workers what they earn and what they deserve and to pay them the overtime they need and for which they have worked.
The administration can take care of this right now. They could take care of it, but they have nullified what they have tried to do in Congress. So I urge the administration to do what is fair and just for America's workers and withdraw this harmful proposal. It is the right thing to do, to withdraw it.
I say to this administration if you think this is just an issue with labor unions, you are sadly mistaken. Everywhere I went in Iowa and some other States during the long break period that we had, I heard about this issue. Not just from union workers; white collar workers, nurses, firefighters, and others in our society. Maybe they don't belong to a labor union, but they are going to be drastically affected.
This cuts very deep. I don't know who gave you the advice, Mr. Bush, but it was bad advice. You ought to get a grip on this, President Bush. Get a grip on this and tell your Secretary of Labor to rescind this proposal. Work with Congress. We can, as we have many times in the past, come up with something. The Fair Labor Standards Act has been amended many times but always through an open process with open hearings, the best information, and Congress worked with the administration. We have never had any contention. Certainly we could agree on that level, that $8,060 level, that ought to be raised to $22,000. It ought to be raised. But then don't put out information saying OK, here is how you get around it.
Let's raise it. Let's make it stick. Let's not exempt all these workers from overtime pay protection.
That is the right thing to do. This Congress, this Senate, and this Senator will continue to fight to make sure this rule does not go into effect and that we protect the legitimate overtime pay protections of the American workers.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I rise in support of this resolution which would disapprove the new media ownership rules passed by the Federal Communications Commission on June 2 of this year. I must say, in…
Mr. President, I rise in support of this resolution which would disapprove the new media ownership rules passed by the Federal Communications Commission on June 2 of this year. I must say, in listening to the chairman of the Commerce Committee, I share a lot of his concerns and questions. I know from my discussions with him, and he knows, we need to do more in this area, and he believes the FCC ruling may not have hit the target in every area. He makes a good case about the difference in the size of the markets, from Phoenix to Jackson, to Minot, and other areas. Maybe he has touched on the answer. Maybe we need some sort of a tiered arrangement.
I think in this case the fundamental policy is the one that really matters; that is, cross-ownership is not good. I think there are things you lose when you have the same newspaper chain owning one or two or three of the local radio stations and the same number of local television stations.
I have a background, to a degree, in radio. My mother worked for a local radio station, WPMP/WPMO, which served Pascagoula and Moss Point. She was a bookkeeper. She did the logs, and then she did some announcing. She was the first woman's voice I had ever heard on a radio. And I did a program in high school for the local high school. This station was local, personal, and involved in the community. They were part of the community, and they were involved in the Chamber of Commerce. They had remotes, and if you opened a new furniture store on Market Street, they would go down there with a remote and would say: Come down to see the new furniture store here and maybe win a lamp. It was very personal.
We have lost that involvement. I have a different attitude than Senator McCain in my thinking: It's OK to have these big radio chains, but I have to acknowledge that we have lost something
in the process. We have lost some localism. We don't have any in my hometown anymore. WPMP and WPMO have limited exposure. I don't know who owns them. If you want local news, you have to listen to a radio station 19 miles away in Biloxi, WBMI.
This is my question: If that has not worked out, if there are consolidations, if one or two companies own an overwhelming number of radio stations, do we want that to happen in television? We already have all these chains that gobbled up our local newspapers. I don't know where these people come from or get their ideas that come in with these big chains. They worry me about some of the things they do and their idea of how they should report the news in local communities.
I have a real problem with what happened at the FCC in this instance. I want to emphasize this: This is not a newfound position. This is a position I have had for basically 30 years in Congress.
First, I am not one who thinks big is always bad. I don't believe we have to keep it small. I want the American people to have more of everything--more choices, more opportunities, more diversity, more competition. That is great. I am all for that.
I am also one who has voted many times for deregulation. It has not always worked out perfectly. I am not as theoretically pure on deregulation as I used to be. I voted to deregulate trucking and deregulate the airlines, and I am for deregulation as much as possible in this area. But this is a little different now. This gets into First Amendment rights. It does get into the airwaves and who owns them. It does get into what happened with the networks and the chains.
Do the American people really feel good about what is happening with the media in America? No. Check the polls. Check the people.
This very morning I talked with my mother. She is 90 years old. She said: You weren't born in the backwoods.
I said: What are you talking about?
She said: You were born in Grenada Hospital, a small town, but it wasn't the backwoods, and they always make it sound like you are Abraham Lincoln coming out of some log cabin, which is fine, I like that politically. But my mother was offended that they had reported incorrectly as to my background.
I said: Mother, relax, nobody pays attention to that. These people write stuff they think will make the story sound more interesting, embellish the truth. You know that. This very morning we talked about this.
This is not about personality. This is not about revenge. This is not about prevailing in a position. This is about doing what is right and in the best interest of the American people.
I recommended the Chairman of the FCC Michael Powell to President Clinton for a Republican vacancy when I was serving as Majority Leader. That was my prerogative. That is the way we worked things out with President Clinton and, by the way, he had been recommended to me by Senator McCain. This is not about personality. I like the Democrats and Republicans on the FCC. I find them to be highly qualified, good people. I just think they missed the target this time. By the way, who has the ultimate say for the American people on something such as this? Should it be these Commissioners? Should it be this agency? Or should the Congress have a little say in this? Shouldn't we at least have the right to say: Wait, this is a dangerous thing for freedom, information, and democracy in America. Go back and do it again. We have that right. In fact, I think we have that responsibility.
This is not partisan. In fact, there are 20 cosponsors, or more, of this disapproval resolution. I know for sure in addition to myself there is Senator Hutchison from Texas, Senator Snowe from Maine, Senator Collins from Maine, and Senator Allard from Colorado and Senator Chambliss from Georgia both signed the discharge petition for this resolution. So you see there are Republicans and Democrats, small State Senators, big State Senators. Colorado, Texas, and Georgia are not exactly small places.
By the way, they have seen some pretty interesting examples of what happens in Dallas or Atlanta with that sort of consolidation.
What would this disapproval resolution do? If it is passed, if it gets through the Senate and House and the President signs it, the FCC will have to take another look. They might come back and say: We will do these modifications or we will go with half of this or not all of this, and they may need more action from the Commerce Committee and from the Congress. Great, we can do that. The President may veto this resolution. I think that would be a mistake.
We are coming at this issue on all fronts. We are going after the issue with a resolution of disapproval and we will go after it in the appropriations bill, if we have to. I prefer we do it through the authorization bill, as Senator McCain said. I don't like the Appropriations Committee always having to do our work because we will not or cannot find the time to get it done.
The Commerce Committee voted. We reported out S. 1046. I am a cosponsor of it. Senator Stevens of Alaska is for that bill. I believe Senator McCain said he would be supportive of that bill. If we fail here, we will be back here, there, and everywhere because this is a very critical issue.
Let me go back to the process. I was worried when I saw this developing. I had a feeling it was not going right. The proof was that we were having trouble getting information about exactly what they were going to do.
On April 9, 2003, I joined a large bipartisan group from Congress in sending a letter--most of the signers are on the Commerce Committee--to Chairman Powell and the Commission saying we were disappointed that the FCC-revised ownership rules would be released in final form June 2 without any opportunity for the Congress or the public to review them beforehand, in effect saying: Wait a minute, have more hearings; come see us about this. They pretty much summarily ignored that letter.
I ask unanimous consent that this letter to the Commission be printed in the Record.
Mr. President, I don't think they reached out and listened enough. I know the committee was worried about it. Then they--poof-- made their decisions, and then they came before the Commerce Committee to explain it. I have to tell you, I scratched my head at some of their explanations, particularly their explanation of the media ownership cap at 35 percent and why it should be raised to 45 percent. The 35 percent cap is a position I supported back in the midnineties and earlier. We had a huge debate as to whether it should be 25 or 35. Senator Dorgan wanted 25. I think I supported that, but we finally went along with 35 percent.
When questioned on that issue, the chairman said something to the fact that a couple of the networks are above or at this cap now so we should raise it to 45. Does that mean when they get to 45, we are going to raise it to 55? I
admit we can have disagreements on the cap. Maybe it should be this level, a little higher, a little lower. I would rather have no caps than have this creeping raising of caps.
Should we have some restraint on the reach of one network owned by these corporate giants? I think so. Am I mad at one network or the networks versus the cable? No. This is ABC, CBS, NBC, CNN, Fox--it is all of them. I just think that some limits are appropriate, which would give a greater variety of voices--and also I worry about more and more dominance by the networks.
Local affiliates, if you get them off in a corner, say they don't want the cap to be raised. Local affiliates say: We don't like a lot of the programming; it is trashy, worthless; we would rather have local programming. Boy, they have trouble now. You don't think the networks don't tell them: You are going to run what we send you in Jackson, Mississippi, or Portland, Oregon, or a small town in Oregon? I don't like that.
Again, localism is good for the people--some choice, some discretion. That is one of the things at risk here.
Let me emphasize, we have an unusual alliance on this issue. We have the Actor's Equity Association. I generally don't team up with actors, other than in the Senate. We have the AFL-CIO, the National Organization for Women. Then we get over to the Family Research Council and the National Rifle Association. This is the far, far, far left and the far right, and everything in between, I think.
Here is an interesting thing about this alliance. This is a diverse group, and they generally represent people, individuals. That is why they have had this avalanche of mail at the FCC opposing these regulations. I understand perhaps it is the largest number of comments to the FCC of any issue in history. The groups here represent individuals, generally speaking, not big or corporate interests. I like being identified with those people.
I like worrying about what the fishermen in Biloxi, Mississippi, are going to be able to hear and see, and that they have choices. So this is a very important issue and it is one we should act on.
The Majority Leader has been very cooperative with this. He could try to maneuver this around or push this off, but he was reasonable, as was Senator Dorgan, and I am glad to be involved in this effort.
I do want to emphasize that personally I am less concerned about the cap than I am about the cross-ownership. I think we ought to repeal the new rules as to both, but my major worry is this consolidation of newspaper, television, radio, cable, the works, and how in towns the size of Jackson, Mississippi, one entity is controlling everything. I do not know that it is that dangerous to people. People are smarter than we are, and the media, for sure. They would just watch it, dismiss it, and not put much stock in it, but I would still like for them to have that choice.
By the way, we should note that the court has also stepped in. The Third Circuit Court of Appeals in Philadelphia placed an injunction, a stay, of the new rules so Congress could have more time to officially override them if we see fit. That is what this is all about.
I do not think anybody should be apologetic for supporting this or worried about what the impact is. This is part of the process. I do not want to get all caught up in process, but I think what is at stake here is bigger than process. This will have long-lasting effects, and once we start down this trail unwinding that Gordian knot we would be tied to in community after community in America, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to do something.
I urge my colleagues not to worry about the personalities, not to worry about the threat of a veto, not to worry about the threat of a network or a newspaper or a chain. What can they do to each and every one of us that they have not already done? Worry about what is at stake, and it is really fundamental. This gets to what makes this country great, and that is the ability to have diversity of opinion and arguments, different points of view.
So I urge my colleagues on both sides of the aisle to step up, let us vote for this disapproval resolution. We put this process in place for a reason. We have been very careful about using it. This is only the second time in the history of this disapproval resolution process that it has been used, but this is a good one to do it on. I am delighted to join with my colleagues on both sides of the aisle in supporting this disapproval resolution and I thank Senator Dorgan for the courtesies he has extended along the way, and I am glad to work with him.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I will use my leader time to make a statement on the matter before us. Mr. President, the Senate faces a critical decision today--whether new media ownership rules proposed by the FCC…
Mr. President, I will use my leader time to make a statement on the matter before us.
Mr. President, the Senate faces a critical decision today--whether new media ownership rules proposed by the FCC truly serve the public interest. They do not, and we should pass this resolution of disapproval and force the FCC to rework them.
On June 2, 2003, the Federal Communications Commission adopted new broadcast media ownership rules that would allow greater concentration of ownership of U.S. broadcast television stations, both at the national and local levels. At the national level, a single owner could own stations capable of reaching up to 45 percent of the national audience--up from 35 percent--under the new rules. A single entity could reach up to twice that percentage of the national audience if he or she owned UHF stations. In most markets, duopolies ownership of two stations in the same market would be allowed, and triopolies would be allowed in the largest markets.
The new rules would also allow cross-ownership of broadcast television stations and major newspapers in all but the smallest of media markets as well as greater cross-ownership of television
and radio stations. The rules would theoretically allow one owner to reach 90 percent of national TV audience and, in a large market, own three television stations, eight radio stations, the only daily newspaper, and the cable company.
The public overwhelmingly opposes these new rules. In fact, a recent CNN poll found that 96 percent of Americans believe there is already too much media concentration--that ownership of too many media outlets is already under the control of too few corporations.
Why should Congress care? For several reasons.
Congress has repeatedly mandated, most recently in the Telecommunications Act of 1996, that the FCC serve the public interest by promoting competition, diversity of viewpoints, and localism. These rules fail on all counts.
First, competition. Remember that there are a limited number of broadcast licenses available. Ted Turner, who bought one station and turned it into a media giant, addressed the rules' potential effect on competition. Turner wrote in an op-ed that if he had been faced with the FCC's new rules, he never could have started his own media company: ``If a young media entrepreneur were trying to get started today under these proposed rules, he or she wouldn't be able to buy a UHF station, as I did. They're all bought up,'' he wrote.
Turner added that even if that young entrepreneur could buy a UHF station, he or she wouldn't have access to the programming and distribution needed, as both are largely controlled by the major media companies. ``Today both (programming and distribution) are owned by conglomerates that keep the best for themselves and leave the worst for you if they sell anything to you at all. It's hard to compete when your suppliers are owned by your competitors,'' he said.
Second, independence and diversity of viewpoints. Many argue there are an infinite number of media outlets today, especially given the huge growth in cable channels and internet addresses. But the vast majority of Americans get their news and information from television news and/or their local newspaper. And realize that none of the cable news channels have anywhere near the viewership of the broadcast media, and that most of the major cable and internet news outlets are affiliated with the print and broadcast media that are already controlled in large part by just a handful of companies. Diversity of viewpoints is already in jeopardy, and the new rules would only exacerbate the situation.
Third, localism. If many of those so-called diverse viewpoints are actually controlled by a handful of companies, then one can see that localism, too, is in trouble. The loss of localism in radio is well known, sometimes with dangerous consequences like the famous Minot, ND case that Senator Dorgan has talked about. In fact, the lack of localism in radio is so undeniable that even the FCC has agreed to address it in the one aspect of the proposed rules that makes sense.
But localism in television is also at risk local entertainment choices as well as news. James Goodman of Capital Broadcasting in North Carolina explained it well in his testimony before the Commerce Committee. He owns Fox and CBS stations in Raleigh. Out of respect for his local audience's sensibilities, he has refused to carry either network's ``reality TV'' shows, including ``Temptation Island,'' ``Cupid,'' ``Who Wants to Marry a Millionaire,'' and ``Married by America.'' His actions have met with intense resistance from the networks, and he has expressed his grave concern that if the networks' ability to own more and more of the broadcast outlets goes unchecked, local stations and communities won't have any ability to choose their own programming. They will be forced to air the network fare, even when it is offensive to local viewers.
Finally, and most important, there is an even more basic threat posed by these new rules: It is a threat to democracy itself. The integrity of our democracy depends on an informed electorate. Again, the vast majority of Americans get their news and information from television and/or their local newspaper. If we allow the limited broadcast spectrum to be controlled by a handful of companies, how can we maintain the free marketplace of ideas?
Those in the print media rightfully chafe at the prospect of government restrictions. Anyone in America has the right to print their ideas. But when we talk of broadcast media, we are talking about public airwaves, and that is a different matter altogether. Again, space on the spectrum is limited, and so are broadcast licenses. And the FCC was created to regulate them in the public interest--not to rubber-stamp the industry's wish list.
Not only are the new rules a threat to democracy, but the process by which they were approved is a threat to democracy.
In response to pressure from the Democratic appointees to the Commission, FCC Chairman Michael Powell called only one official field hearing. Field hearings are intended to solicit input from the general public from across the country to overcome the ``inside the Beltway'' virus that often infects policies born in Washington, DC. Chairman Powell's ``field'' hearing was held 90 miles from Washington, and much of his invited testimony came from industry representatives, many of whom, in fact, live and work inside the Beltway.
It appears the Chairman thought a pro-industry decision would sail through with minimal attention. After all, other than paid lobbyists, how many people have the time to follow the details of an FCC decision- making process? But a funny thing happened on the way to the vote. As soon as people outside the Beltway did learn what the FCC was planning to do, they protested, and they protested in large numbers.
Of the 2 million individuals who commented on the FCC's proposed rules, 99 percent opposed them. Ninety-nine percent. Of the first 10,000 comments that were sampled separately, there were only 57 comments in favor of the rules, and only 11 of those 57 were from people with no vested interest in the rules changes.
Those margins are essentially unheard of in American politics. Near unanimity. But in the halls of the FCC, that overwhelmingly negative input was essentially ignored. The votes of the American people didn't count. Only three votes counted--the votes of three commissioners who decided that they knew better than 99 percent of the people who commented on the rules.
The FCC's hasty process also effectively blocked public comment on many issues. Allowing for public comment isn't just the right thing to do. It generally leads to a better product. The FCC has an expert staff. But mistakes can and do happen. And an agency as determined to act quickly as the FCC was on this matter is more likely to make mistakes.
One such apparent mistake affects my state of South Dakota and would classify Sioux Falls as having more television stations than Detroit. It does so by counting five public broadcast stations as separate stations even though they broadcast the same signal. As a result, Sioux Falls is considered to have 11 stations instead of 7. And Sioux Falls, the 112th-largest market by population, is counted as having more stations than Detroit, the 10th-largest market.
Some commercial broadcasters own multiple stations that broadcast identical signals. FCC rules appropriately treat them as one station. But the exemption applies only to commercial stations, not public television stations. FCC Commissioner Jonathan Adelstein, a South Dakota native, identified the error and encouraged his colleagues to correct it, but the Commission has not done so.
The consequences of such an error are real. Because the new rules consider Sioux Falls to have 11 stations instead of 7, the city is placed in a category without any cross-ownership restrictions. That would allow the newspaper to acquire two television stations instead of one, and own twice as many radio stations as would be permitted if Sioux Falls were properly classified. Fortunately, I don't see any rush for that to happen. But who knows what a future owner of the Sioux Falls Argus Leader or one of the Sioux Falls television stations might wish to do? This is just the kind of mistake that could have been avoided if the FCC had employed the more deliberative, inclusive process that so many of us advocated.
Let's review the mission of the Federal Communications Commission, as stated repeatedly by the Commission and by acts of Congress: to serve the public interest by promoting competition, diversity of viewpoints, and localism. The public interest--that phrase should be italicized in this debate.
As we define the public interest, the public--the people who receive the radio and TV news and programming that beams across the airwaves their taxes paid for--has a right to be heard. Public comment, input, and involvement in our democratic processes is not a box to be checked before the petitions, call, e-mails, and letters are thrown in the trash and disregarded. It is a basic tenet of our social contract and the principle that underlies our form of government. Of the people, by the people, for the people.
I am all for ensuring the rights of the minority. Indeed, I feel strongly about our civic responsibility to ensure that a reactionary or powerful majority does not trample on the rights of those in our society whose voices are not as easily heard or fully represented. In fact, that's one key reason I oppose the substance of these rules--I fear the voices of those who may have quite valuable things to say, but lack the means to gobble up TV and radio stations, will not be heard.
But in this case we don't have a powerful majority trampling on the rights of the vulnerable. We have three people--with an obvious push from the current administration--trampling on the rights of the majority. To add insult to injury, they are telling the majority--the American people--that they are doing this in their interest. Of course, the interests being served are those of the handful of large media companies that already control a huge percentage of America's major media outlets.
Let me be clear: I don't blame the media companies for advocating for their own interests. They have every right to fight for their interests. I do blame the Chairman of the FCC and the other commissioners who voted for these rules for failing to give the rest of the country the consideration they deserved in this debate.
The Congressional Review Act was intended for exactly this kind of situation. A Federal agency has turned a deaf ear to the very public it was intended to serve. It is appropriate to send them back to the drawing board, especially if that is the only option available to us.
The Commerce Committee actually reported a bill that deals with the issues individually, and I would be happy to debate that bill. But it has been made clear to us that the majority has no intention of bringing the Commerce Committee bill to the floor, and we have no ability to force it to the floor before these rules take effect.
Mr. President, I want to make one final point. This isn't a partisan issue. The Republican supporters of this resolution of disapproval include Republican Party stalwarts like Trent Lott and Kay Bailey Hutchison. It is not a liberal versus conservative issue, either.
The list of well-recognized people and organizations who oppose all or part of the FCC's media ownership rules is one of the strangest list of strange bedfellows you will ever hear. Opponents include Walter Cronkite, William Safire, the National Rifle Association, the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops, the National Organization for Women, Senator Jesse Helms, the National Council of Churches, MoveOn, the Parents Television Council, former Universal Studios Chairman and CEO Barry Diller, Mort Zuckerman, and many, many more. That sampling of the list gives you a sense of how broad and deep the opposition to these FCC rules is.
We should respect that overwhelming opposition and vote accordingly.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, is the Senator from North Dakota granting himself time? Is the Senator speaking for or against? How much time does the Senator from Louisiana wish? I yield 5 minutes to the Senator…
Mr. President, is the Senator from North Dakota granting himself time?
Is the Senator speaking for or against?
How much time does the Senator from Louisiana wish?
I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from Louisiana.
Mr. President, I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from Nevada.
Mr. President, I yield the Senator from Alaska such time as he may consume.
Mr. President, parliamentary inquiry: How much time is remaining on both sides, and at what time will the vote take place?
Mr. President, I yield myself such time as I may consume.
I rise to speak in opposition to S.J. Res. 17. I had the opportunity to make a full statement last week. In my time as chairman of the Senate Commerce Committee, no issue has erupted so rapidly and evoked such passion from the public as media consolidation. These are critically important decisions.
If we could have a little straight talk this morning, if the Senate passes this resolution, there is no objective observer that believes the House will act accordingly. Now, the Senator from North Dakota may think it is important to have this Senate on record, and I don't disagree with that at all. Any prospects of it becoming a reality is minimal, at best. We should all recognize that.
Second, all kinds of allegations have crept in about various motivations on both sides of this issue. Some have been accused of wanting to return to the fairness doctrine. Some are saying it is because of ideological bias, dislike of talk radio, or dislike of the New
York Times acquiring more cable companies and media. I don't accept any of those arguments from both the right and left. There is legitimate basis for concern about continued consolidation of the media. This is not the appropriate vehicle for addressing that in 4 hours of debate and a blanket repudiation of regulations, some of which have been good, in my view, because they have reined in, at least to some degree, the continued consolidation in the most egregious and most incredible media consolidation, and that is radio in America today.
We have legislation passed through the Commerce Committee, S. 1046, which after being composed, marked up, amended, and debated in the Commerce Committee is on the calendar and ready for floor consideration. If we are serious about addressing this issue, we should do it by calling up from the calendar for debate and amendment S. 1046 and we can explore the myriad and complex aspects of this issue.
For example, the Appropriations Committee has now added, I am told, to their bill the 45-percent cap being rolled back to 35 percent. According to BusinessWeek magazine, the 45-percent cap has become a rallying symbol, but the regulations that would truly reorder America's media landscape and affect local communities have flown under the radar. These allow companies to snap up not only two to three local TV stations in a market but also a newspaper and up to eight radio stations.
If the courts and Congress are worried about the dangers of media consolidation, they will have to resist calling it a day after dispensing with the network cap and go after the rules with real bite. As it now stands, TV's big networks will be losers among media outlets, thanks mostly to vociferous lobbying by independent TV affiliates. With strong ties to lawmakers who depend on them for campaign coverage, the affiliates have succeeded in getting a House vote against the 45 percent and will likely see a rerun of that episode when the Senate votes by October.
With Fox and CBS already each owning stations that cover about 40 percent of the Nation's audience, going up another 5 percent is not going to make a dramatic difference. In contrast, opening the floodgates to allow local behemoths to combine newspapers, TV, and radio stations under one roof would change media ownership in towns and cities, concentrating it in the hands of a few. Even in midsized cities such as San Antonio, for instance, one company might own the leading newspaper, two TV stations, eight radio stations, and several cable channels.
What we are doing is interesting but if we are going to address this issue in a serious fashion, and there is reason for concern, we ought to do it in a fashion far different from this.
I point out that the CRA precludes an agency adopting similar rules without substantive congressional legislation. In other words, the FCC would be prevented, if this is passed, from acting on any rules regarding media consolidation. Almost all Members of this body have some degree of concern at least about some aspect of it.
I hope all of our colleagues had the opportunity to see the Wall Street Journal article on September 15 entitled: Show of Strength: How Media Giants Are Reassembling The Old Oligopoly; Mix of Broadcast and Cable Proves Lucrative in Making Deals.
Viacom and its big media peers have been snapping up cable channels because they are one of the few entertainment outlets generating strong revenue growth these days. More broadly, the media giants have discovered that owning both broadcast and cable outlets provides powerful new leverage over advertisers and cable- and satellite-TV operators. The golaiths are using this advantage to wring better fees out of the operators that carry their channels and are pressuring those operators into carrying new and untried channels. They're also finding ways to coordinate promotions across their different holdings.
Entertainment giants such as Viacom, NBC parent General Electric Co. and Walt Disney Co., which owns ABC, now reach more than 50 percent of the prime-time TV audience through their combined broadcast and cable outlets. The total rises to 80 percent if you include the parents of newer networks--such as New Corp.'s Fox and AOL Time Warner Inc.'s WB-- and NBC's pending acquisition of Vivendi Universal SA's cable assets, estimates Tom Wolzein, an analyst at Sanford C. Bernstein & Co.
The big media companies are quietly re-creating the ``old programming oligopoly'' of the pre-cable era, notes Mr. Wolzein, a former executive at NBC. Of the top 25 cable channels, 20 are now owned by one of the big five media companies.
The idea of owning broadcast networks as well as cable channels is ``comfortable for people like ourselves,'' says Bob Wright, chairman of NBC, which two weeks ago signed a preliminary agreement to acquire Vivendi Universal's USA and Sci-Fi cable channels, along with the Universal film studio, bolstering a stable of cable channels that includes Bravo, MSNBC and CNBC. ``There has been so much consolidation'' among the distributors that ``unless you are equally big . . . you risk a situation where you can be marginalized,'' says Viacom President Karmazin.
Viacom president Karmazin is a man, who, by the way, I happen to admire enormously.
I am not blaming any of these people, executives or organizations, for seeking to gain as much market share as they can. But the reason I refer to this Wall Street Journal article is this is a complex set of issues. When we are talking about cable consolidation, cable rates, all of the other.
Since 1990, almost half of the top 50 cable channels have changed hands. Among the big deals: Disney's $19 billion acquisition of ESPN's parent, Capital Cites/ABC, and Time Warner's $6.7 billion purchase of CNN parent Turner Broadcasting, both negotiated in the summer of 1995. In 2001, Disney bought the Family Channel from News Corp. for $5.2 billion.
Last year, NBC bought Bravo for $1.3 billion. CBS, owner of The Nashville Network--now Spike TV--and Country Music Television, itself was gobbled up in 2000 by MTV's longtime parent, Viacom. Viacom has since added channels such as BET and Comedy Central.
Mr. Karmazin recently boasted to investors that the company's broadcast and cable outlets reach 26 percent of the Nation's viewers in prime time, a significantly bigger share than any other company. Having such a big market share is ``real important for lots of reasons, in terms of dealing with advertisers and our cable partners,'' he told investors.
There is something going on here that deserves investigation, not just a simple CRA vote and then move on. At the hearing before the Commerce Committee, all five FCC Commissioners agreed--all five, for one of the first times I have ever heard the FCC Commissioners agree to anything--the consolidation of radio that occurred in local markets has been excessive. While it received little credit amid the outcry against the regulations, the FCC attempted to address this problem by describing new market definitions designed to tighten the limits on logical radio ownership.
The resolution would have the perverse consequences of eliminating these efforts and prohibiting the FCC from adopting similar measures in the future, a move that surely will be applauded in the corporate offices of large radio station groups that hope to perpetuate their ability to benefit from existing loopholes.
Likewise, this resolution could have grave unintended consequences for other media ownership rules the Commission decided to leave unchanged.
For example, the FCC retained its limit on the number of local radio stations one entity may own and retained its rule prohibiting one entity from owning two of the four largest television networks. The decision to retain these rules will also be rejected if the resolution is enacted. If the FCC were to read this statute, as many have, as limiting its permissible actions in biennial review proceeding to exclusively deregulatory changes to its rules, the FCC may have no choice but to raise the number of stations that one entity is permitted to own in a local market or eliminate the dual rhetoric network rule. This cannot be the outcome intended by the sponsors of this resolution, though it is one that could conceivably result.
Finally, the use of the CRA in the present case will create a regulatory
void likely to be filled only by uncertainty about the status of the FCC's media ownership rules. As a result, all of the rules, even those that the proponents of the resolution favor, may be vulnerable to court action. The absence of an affirmative congressional directive will cast considerable doubt on the FCC's ability to enforce its previous rules given that one of the FCC's previous attempts to retain the rules was found by the DC Circuit to be arbitrary and capricious. Another was found not to have justified that the rules are necessary in the public interest. In both cases, the DC Circuit remanded the rules to the FCC and directed the agency to either articulate a justification for retaining the rules or modify them. The lack of an enforceable FCC order will leave these court orders unanswered, risking additional court action that relaxes the rules even further or even invalidates them entirely.
My point is that we have a very complex set of issues to address. I believe there is reason for concern about media consolidation, as the Senator from North Dakota has fairly overused the comment that there are many voices and one ventriloquist. At the same time this action would invalidate both good and bad, this action would make many believe that we have resolved the issue and moved on.
On the calendar is S. 1046, a bill that was properly considered and reported out by the Commerce Committee. That is the way we should be addressing this issue so that this issue can be fully ventilated and fully understood.
I reserve the remainder of my time.
Mr. President, I control the time.
We have been going back and forth, and I will yield to the other side and then yield to the Senator from Oklahoma.
Mr. President, I yield 3 minutes to the Senator from Oklahoma.
Mr. President, I will take 1 more minute.
Mr. President, again, I do not view this issue as one that is driven by ideological bias, but it is one which I think deserves a great deal more consideration.
Again, I urge my colleagues, as busy and as crowded as our calendar is, to bring up S. 1046 which has been reported out and is on the calendar. That would give us time to fully debate and amend these very complex and difficult issues. Therefore, I oppose the passage of CRA.
I yield the remainder of my time.
Mr. President, at the request of the leadership, I suggest the absence of a quorum.
On behalf of the Republican leadership, I object. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that after I finish my remarks, the Senator from Rhode Island be recognized. Mr. President, I have come to…
On behalf of the Republican leadership, I object.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that after I finish my remarks, the Senator from Rhode Island be recognized.
Mr. President, I have come to speak about the Omnibus appropriations bill. I say to my good friend from North Dakota, sometimes it is frustrating. We spent 8 years with an administration of his party, and there were many times we had to change appropriations bills. We had a very frequent presence from the Office of Management and Budget, and in order to get bills signed, we had to accede to Presidential requests.
In this bill, obviously, there are some very important provisions. When we are talking about country-of-origin labeling, the concern that comes to many of us in livestock-producing States, cattle producers and hog producers, if you are a small independent operator and you don't have a totally integrated operation, you have a very difficult time getting a total life history of every animal you might want to feed out and sell.
The ability of a large integrated operation which goes from cow calf to feeding, finishing and slaughtering, they are in a great position to live with the country-of-origin labeling. There are some real problems, which is why we asked for a delay in the implementation of the country- of-origin labeling. There had been a new proposal for an animal identification system which would make that prospect possible. In the absence of that, many of the individual small cattle ranchers and hog producers in my State think it would be impossible for them to sell their animals.
There are some conflicting needs. Those had to be resolved and, like any measure, an Omnibus appropriations bill has provisions in it that some people don't like. Certainly, in almost every appropriations bill on which I work, there are provisions I don't like. But we have to get it passed by both Houses. We have to get it signed by the President.
I am here today to urge that, No. 1, we move quickly to adopt the Omnibus appropriations bill and that we get on and work on a bipartisan basis without delays, without having to invoke cloture to pass appropriations bills for the coming year.
With respect to the Omnibus appropriations bill, I wish to call the attention of my colleagues to some very important provisions. There are problems that are happening every day because we were not able to pass the Omnibus appropriations bill in December. We worked on a bipartisan basis. The distinguished ranking member of the VA-HUD Subcommittee, Senator Mikulski of Maryland, and I put together what is a very difficult bill, but we think it is a very important bill. Probably the most significant part of it is for medical care.
The Omnibus appropriations bill provides $28.3 billion in funds, including third-party insurance collections. This amount is $3.1 billion over the fiscal year 2003 enacted level and represents a 12.3 percent increase over the previous year's enacted level, the one that will have to stay in effect if we continue to work under a continuing resolution.
At this point, our problem is we either pass this bill or go back to a continuing resolution. The figure of $3.1 billion less for the current year means great hardship, great delay for our VA health care, among other things.
Make no mistake, these funds are urgently and desperately needed by veterans, especially for those who return from Iraq and the global war on terrorism.
If my colleagues visit, as I have, VA facilities, the Washington VA, and the VA facilities in my home State, anyplace they go they will find there is a tremendous delay in the ability to care for and take on veterans who qualify under the greatly expanded eligibility scope the Congress has mandated on VA. There is a great delay in taking care of many of these people.
According to a VA analysis, there are 15,813 service members who served in Operation Iraqi Freedom who have been separated from military duty as of September 22 of last year. Among these service members, almost 2,000, or 12.5 percent, have sought VA health care during 2003.
Every day we hear unfortunate and sad news of American soldiers killed in Iraq. As illustrated by the VA analysis and scores of news reports, there are thousands of service members who were fortunate to live but were wounded in combat. As reported last October 1 by USA Today:
At least seven times as many men and women have been
wounded in battle as those killed in battle.
As these wounded service members are discharged from the military and confront new and challenging hardships in piecing together a new life, most of them will depend upon the VA to meet their needs. I personally met some of these service members when I visited Walter Reed Hospital last month. I visited the VA facilities. I visited service members, such as Phillip Ramsey from Kansas City, MO, who was badly wounded in Iraq and will ultimately require extensive, long-term care from the VA system as well.
Further, we know that the demand for VA medical care is not going to lessen. We have already seen the VA medical care system being overwhelmed by the staggering increase in demand for its medical services.
Since 1996, VA has seen a 54-percent increase, or 2 million patients more, in total users of the medical care system. Further, the VA projects that its enrollments will grow by another 2 million patients from a current level of 7 million to 9 million patients in 2009. Getting the funds that we have approved in the Senate, approved in the conference committee, approved on the floor, and signed by the President is absolutely essential.
In addition, construction projects for new medical facilities and improvements to existing facilities will not go forward without this Omnibus bill passing. Under a year-long continuing resolution, the VA would not be able to begin funding construction for new facilities in Las Vegas and Orlando. Further, funding for the development of 48 high- priority, new, community-based outpatient clinics, and a number of new nursing homes will be curtailed.
In the years I have worked with the VA in my current position, providing community-based outpatient clinics is the most effective, humane, and efficient way of delivering service to VA-qualified veterans who would otherwise have to travel perhaps as much as hundreds of miles to get primary and routine care.
In another area, for 2003, pharmacy costs rose over 11 percent, and the VA is continuing to see increasing demands for prescriptions each month.
The continued rising demand for prescriptions is stripping funds from other priority areas as VA continues to operate under last year's funding level. Furthermore, the VA provides a high priority to the highest quality of life long-term care for each of its elderly veterans. The VA planned to expand its program by over 20 percent this year, but the VA will not be able to expand its long-term care services under a continuing resolution funding authority. This, in my view, is not the way we should treat the men and women in uniform who have served America.
The VA has made significant strides in improving claims benefits processing, but the VA's efforts would again be curtailed under a continuing resolution. The VA is currently on track to reach their goal of no longer than 100 days to process these claims, down from 233 days, which it was previously. They are trying to get there by the end of 2004. However, with a continuing resolution level at the 2003 level, the current year, the Veterans Benefits Administration would have to cut 500 full-time employees. Such a reduction would be catastrophic to the timeliness of claims processing and the expeditious delivery of benefits such as pensions to the needy, education benefits, and home loans.
At a continuing resolution for 2003 funding level, the VA cemetery services would be critically impacted and would result in delays in awarding shrine commitment contracts, awarding grants for State veterans cemeteries, and a reduced level of staffing that would negatively impact cemetery maintenance.
America's veterans rely on the VA to provide the services they need and have earned. Now is not the time to reduce funding levels, and that is one reason I urge my colleagues to approve this Omnibus bill.
In HUD, Housing and Urban Development, under a continuing resolution, the Section 8 Voucher Program for the needy who get housing through a voucher provided by the Federal Government would be $2.1 billion short. That would result in tens of thousands of low-income families without rental subsidy assistance and potentially displace them. Certainly, that is not something we want to see done. That is another reason we have to pass the Omnibus bill.
For the Federal Housing Administration single family and multifamily insurance fund programs, the continuing resolution's limitations for the mutual mortgage insurance and general insurance/special risk insurance programs will be hit well before the end of the fiscal year. That would result in a suspension of new mortgage activities for a wide variety of home ownership and multifamily housing programs.
Moving on to NASA, our space program, under a year-long continuing resolution space science activities would be reduced by approximately $425 million from the amount included in the 2004 Omnibus appropriations conference report on the VA/HUD and independent agencies. Space science would be forced to accommodate the reduction by cutting missions that are currently in the pre-development phase, both technology and advanced concepts, which would likely result in delays to missions on origins, solar space exploration, and Sun-Earth connections.
NASA is also relying on the 2004 omnibus level for the space shuttle program in order to accommodate return to flight requirements. If forced to operate under a full-year CR, the ability of the space shuttle to accommodate these return to flight requirements would be reduced by nearly $60 million.
Finally, the Corporation for National Community Service would be forced to limit grant awards to AmeriCorps programs throughout the country since the CR does not provide adequate funding to reach the President's goal of 75,000 volunteers. Under a year-long CR, the corporation would only be able to support between 45,000 and 47,000 members, about 40 percent less than provided under the Omnibus appropriations bill.
We went through a period of problems that have occurred in the Corporation for National and Community Service. Senator Mikulski and I worked to help them straighten out the problems. On a bipartisan basis, they have had strong support for getting back to the great work of the many volunteer programs, including AmeriCorps. Without this funding, there would be a drastic setback and we would find that the level of activity would be significantly reduced.
These are just some of the reasons, from the perspective of the VA/ HUD and Independent Agencies Subcommittee bill, which is included in the Omnibus bill, why I hope colleagues on both sides of the aisle will agree we need to get on with this bill and go to work on the current year's business. We have far too little time to deal with all of the things we must deal with, and I hope we could get on with the job.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded. Mr. President, as fate would have it, the first vote this new session of Congress has before it, as our first…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, as fate would have it, the first vote this new session of Congress has before it, as our first measure, is an omnibus appropriations bill for fiscal year 2004.
This first-of-the-year appropriations bill is the product of negotiation among the leadership, primarily Republican leadership in this Chamber and their House counterparts, to meld together a series of appropriations bills
that had been unable to be passed prior to the time of our adjournment in 2003 and have now been presented to us as a single bill.
This single bill will provide for discretionary domestic spending of $328 billion--$328 billion. In fact, it contains over 7,000 earmarks, which means specific projects that have been added to this bill, almost exclusively projects that were never considered by the Senate.
Senator McCain has given a speech, as has Senator Byrd, outlining adequate reasons to vote against this omnibus bill based on those facts alone. I would probably have voted against the bill based on those facts alone because I consider myself to be a fiscal hawk, and I consider that the kind of spending in this bill is illustrative of the undisciplined practices into which this Congress and this President have too often fallen.
But that is not the reason I am going to discuss today. It is the fact of what is not in this bill. What is not in this bill is a provision which was adopted on a bipartisan basis by the Senate and by the House of Representatives which would protect the overtime rights of our Nation's workers.
A brief background. In 2003, the Department of Labor developed a regulation which would modify the current overtime pay standards. The practical effect of this will be to make some 8 million American workers, who are now eligible for overtime, ineligible for overtime.
My colleague and good friend from Iowa, Senator Harkin, who also has spoken eloquently on this matter today, offered an amendment to protect the overtime our Nation's workers earn from this new Bush administration policy.
Senator Harkin's amendment passed the Senate by a vote of 54 to 45. That same measure was then endorsed by the House of Representatives when they instructed their conferees, who would be responsible for negotiating any differences between the House and the Senate bills, to accept the Harkin amendment by a bipartisan vote of 221 to 203.
In spite of that history, this provision, which would have rolled back the Department of Labor's denial of overtime to 8 million Americans, was removed from the bill, ostensibly at the insistence of the White House.
I have had a practice, now for almost 30 years, of taking different jobs. My next-to-the-last job was as a coal compactor. That consisted of driving a very big piece of equipment, made by Caterpillar in Peoria, IL, over a large field of West Virginia coal in order to keep it at the necessary compaction so that it would not be subject to self- ignition and fire. There were three other men who worked with me in that job. It took place at the Gainesville regional utility generating plant.
At the lunch break, we avoided talking politics. That is sort of my rule when I am on these workdays. I talk about hunting or fishing or football or whatever but not politics. These three men brought it up at lunch. They said: We heard somewhere that they are talking about messing with our overtime.
I said: Well, how much will this affect you?
They said: It will affect us a lot because we typically work maybe 50, 60 hours a week doing this job, and that overtime is what makes the difference between us sort of getting along and getting along with a little extra money to do the things our families need.
I cite that example to indicate this is not an inside-the-beltway issue. This is an issue which the American people understand and about which they are emotional.
Under the Bush administration's overtime plan, millions of salaried workers who make between $22,101 and $65,000 a year--just think how many millions of families fall within that range of $22,101 and $65,000 a year--could be reclassified under more lenient standards as executive, administrative, or professional employees and would no longer qualify for overtime.
I indicated earlier that the plan would affect approximately 8 million workers in 257 occupations. This is the estimate of the Economic Policy Institute, that that many workers in that many occupations would lose their right to overtime. In my State of Florida, the change is estimated to affect 441,000 workers. Those numbers dramatically understate the real impact of this legislation.
Let me give two illustrations of its extended impact. We are concerned about a jobless recovery. Yes, the stock market is up. Yes, we are showing a significant increase in our domestic economic output. But in the month of December, do you know how many jobs were created as a result of all that economic activity? One thousand. I have not made a mistake. I didn't misstate 100,000 or 150,000. One thousand new jobs were created in the month of December.
While there is no single reason that that is true, I believe one of the reasons is the math I am about to give you. Assume you are an employer. You have four employees. As part of this economic upturn, you have generated enough demand for your product that you really need to hire a fifth employee. So you have a choice: Hire a new person or you can ask the other workers to add 10 hours a week to cover the amount of additional demand that has been generated. Assuming these workers earned $20 an hour, that would mean that while they are in their overtime period, they would be earning $30 an hour. So each of the four people would earn 10 hours at an additional $10. So they would earn, as a result of overtime, $100 a week times the four workers which is $400 a week.
The employer could very well look at those numbers and say: Look, it is less expensive for me to pay these existing employees an additional amount to work overtime than it is to undergo the training cost and the insurance cost, particularly the health insurance cost, of bringing a new person on board.
I believe this extensive use of overtime is a significant factor in causing a jobless economic recovery. If it is a significant problem today, when the employer is having to pay an additional $10 an hour in overtime, think what it is going to be like when the employer doesn't have to pay the additional $10 an hour in overtime, where the amount of work that the four current employees do would be paid at the same rate as those four plus a fifth working at 40 hours a week?
No. 2 is another example. A plant has 100 employees, all of whom are currently eligible for overtime. Under these new rules, let's say that 20 of those 100 are reclassified as being ineligible for overtime. The plant has a certain number of hours of overtime which are going to be incurred. Today they are distributing that among the 100 overtime- eligible employees. I can tell you with a high level of confidence that if we allow this Department of Labor regulation to go into effect, whatever overtime is generated in that plant is going to be assigned to the 20 employees who no longer are eligible to get overtime pay.
At a time of a jobless economic recovery, to propose cutting overtime earnings, which will give an even greater incentive not to employ people, is to cause one to question the common sense of the people who are proposing this. This plan offers no incentive for economic stimulation. It is an incentive to further reduce employment by relying on now no longer overtime compensated additional hours of work by your current workforce.
This also offers no economic incentive to our general economy. We have debated this issue for much of the last 3 years: What is the most appropriate way to stimulate the economy? Last night the President didn't talk about changes in trade policy. He said we were going to stimulate the economy by making tax cuts permanent.
As Senator Byrd discussed with vigor and eloquence a few hours ago, 75 percent of these tax cuts go to 1 percent of the American taxpayers.
That is not a program of economic stimulation. Rather, it is a program to compensate the most affluent people in the country by cutting their taxes and letting the crumbs of the other 25 percent of the tax cuts fall down on the rest of us.
If we were serious about economic stimulation through the Tax Code, we would have a different tax cut policy. I have advocated, as an example, that we ought to have a program to make the first $10,000 of earnings free from the payroll tax. That would put approximately $780 in the pocket of every American, the largest share of which
would go to where the largest share of Americans are--into the middle class. I can tell you, from common sense, those people will actually spend the $780 because they have kids who need new clothes; they have a car that needs to be replaced; they have a new bedroom they may need to add to the house because they just had another child.
We didn't take that approach. We didn't focus our tax cuts on the Americans who are most likely to use the tax cut to stimulate the economy by increasing demand. Having committed that first error, we are now about to compound it by taking away overtime pay from the same group of Americans who, if they get the overtime, are most likely to spend it, create demand, and create new jobs in our economy. It is just confounding that, at a time when we are concerned about the future of this country and we are concerned about economic stimulation, when we have concerns about the fairness by which our people are viewing their Government's action, we would go an additional mile to cut away the eligibility for overtime pay for 8 million Americans.
This policy is not just bad economics; it is also bad security because many of the people who will be affected by this are people who are our first responders. They are police officers, firefighters, air and traffic controllers, nurses, and others involved in emergency medical care. All of these will potentially see their wages diminished as a result of this one provision in a bill which does not justify passage even on its own merits--a provision which has stripped out a proposal that passed by bipartisan majorities in both the Senate and the House, passed at the instance of the White House, wanting to assure that its policy of cutting back on average American workers' overtime is implemented. I would vote against cloture on this bill today; I will vote against cloture on this bill tomorrow; I will vote against cloture on this bill at any time we have the opportunity to do so. And should we, in a moment of lack of wisdom, grant cloture and this bill is passed, then I will join my colleagues in every effort to see that what the Congress of the United States wants to happen, what the people of the United States desperately want to happen--which is to retain their overtime pay benefits--will occur. Even though it is not what President George W. Bush wants, this will be a battle the American people will win.
Mr. President, I think this is quite a moment in history. It will be long remembered. It will be remembered for several reasons, not the least of which is the excessively optimistic tone that was…
Mr. President, I think this is quite a moment in history. It will be long remembered. It will be remembered for several reasons, not the least of which is the excessively optimistic tone that was issued by the President of the United States in his address on the State of the Union last night. Millions of people were watching and, I assume, thinking about the effects his thoughts will have on their lives.
It is presented as the Omnibus appropriations bill, but I think there is a better description than that complicated term that few in the public really understand. I would rather call it the ``ominous'' bill, and I am going to refer to it that way.
It is astonishing to me that we are here, nearly 4 months into the new fiscal year. Our friends on the other side of the aisle who control the White House, the House of Representatives, and the Senate, have failed to move through the Senate the result of the
conference with the House. It is an indictment of failure, an indictment of failure to govern.
The basic problem with this bill is that in an age when we are so conscious of saturated fats, this bill is saturated with special interest provisions that bring harm to the well-being of our constituents. In some cases, the bill even threatens the health of the American people.
For instance, stuck deep in this bill is a provision that blocks the country-of-origin labeling rules for agricultural products, including beef. In the wake of the mad cow scare, it is more critical than ever that Americans get more information about beef and other products they eat, not less information.
The bill also, regrettably, undermines workers' rights. Even though both the Senate and the House--both houses of the legislature--voted in favor of blocking the administration's new rule to deny overtime pay to 8 million Americans, this omnibus report allows the rule to go into effect.
The question is, How did it get there? You have heard me say that both the Senate and the House voted in favor of blocking the administration's rule to deny overtime to people, deny their just compensation from coming to them. How does this report ban that, those consensus votes? The President's overtime rule amounts to a 25-percent pay cut, on average, for millions of hard-working Americans, including police, firefighters, emergency workers, nurses, and many others. Many of these people are veterans. It amounts on average, according to the Economic Policy Institute, to $161 a week in lost wages--$161 a week. That is $8,000 a year that will be taken away by this rule.
It doesn't say you work less. The amount of time you work may be the same. But you are going to lose part of the compensation that you currently earn if you work those hours. It is a very important addition to the average week's pay.
Congress voted to stop this unjust rule. But the omnibus allows it to move forward. Is that how democracy works? Congress speaks clearly, unequivocally, on an issue and the White House comes in and tells the conferees: Hey, forget it; we don't care what the people in the Senate or the House in a majority vote want. You have to do what we tell you to do. And we are going to hold billions of dollars in funding hostage until you agree with us.
That is not democracy; that is extortion.
The overtime rule is not the only provision in the conference report put there because of this extortion. To clarify, there are lots of things in the appropriations bill. Some of them we would like to see put into place. But the administration, in a cute trick, held them out for ransom to pass this omnibus bill.
For instance, if you vote your conscience, you are going to lose your money. Your constituents are going to lose their money. The States and cities across this country are going to lose their money. If you dare to vote your conscience and do what is right, we are going to take away the funding that is justly yours.
There is another gift to corporate special interests in the omnibus, the new media ownership rules. Current media ownership law prevents a single company from owning local TV stations that reach more than 35 percent of the Nation's households. In most totalitarian nations there is usually only one or two broadcast stations that are controlled by the government. In this case, they are held by people who have a particular view of how society ought to get its information.
So in fairness to the constituents, the citizens across the country, we made clear that ownership of those outfits was to be held to a particular percent. In 2002, the FCC proposed raising the limit to 45 percent. Majorities in both the House and the Senate voted to block this FCC rule to weaken media ownership rules--to expand it for the fat cats who presently own it to let them foist their opinion all over America without rebuttal.
Congress spoke clearly. We said no. Leave these caps where they are. There is a reason and there is a value to them.
But in the conference on this omnibus, the limit was raised from 35 percent to 39 percent--some arbitrary act. By whom? We can't say around here. It is an odd-sounding number. Not coincidentally, that is the number just big enough to accommodate Mr. Rupert Murdock in his effort to allow his conservative views on his media empire to have more control over local TV news than is appropriate in communities across this Nation.
These problems are only some of the bad provisions contained in the omnibus.
I haven't even mentioned the worst problem in the bill.
This bill contains provisions that would help terrorists. I am heard correctly. I will repeat it. This bill aids terrorists who seek to harm the American people. A dangerous provision was snuck into this bill in the dead of night, put there by the Republican leadership carrying water for the gun lobby, that will help terrorists and criminals who purchase weapons to avoid detection by requiring the destruction of gun background checks. That is done to see if the person is stable or if they have any criminal connections, yet requiring the destruction of that information, that research, that investigation to be done in 24 hours.
What is the harm in holding that information and giving our law enforcement people a chance to further study it?
Some on the other side may say that ``terrorists don't buy guns on the legal market in the United States.'' But they do. In fact, the Bush administration has indirectly assisted them in the acquisition of guns.
A recent audit of a small sample of gun background check data by the Justice Department reveals that at least 12 suspected terrorists and perhaps hundreds purchased firearms in the United States last year. How did the Department of Justice find this out? By looking at gun background checks data.
But this ominous would change the law so that records of gun purchases are destroyed within 24 hours of sale. The logic to that escapes me and lots of people. I hope the American people pay attention to that. The Brady law calls for these records to be held up to 6 months. The current practice is to hold the records for at least 3 months so that there can be a second review or a second check.
If someone is on a terrorist watch list, they certainly ought to report it immediately to the FBI or the CIA or whoever it is that is going to follow up on this information if the war on terrorism is as serious as it ought to be. If the Republicans' 24-hour destruction rule were put into place, no audit or other investigation of terrorist activity involving weapons purchases would be possible.
The administration is already dragging its feet when it comes to investigating terrorists who purchase firearms. Believe it or not, when a known terrorist purchases a firearm, the policy of the Justice Department is to withhold relevant information from law enforcement. Why is that so? Why is Attorney General John Ashcroft so concerned with the gun rights of terrorists? I can't figure that one out.
We only found out about terrorists acquiring guns from the audit of gun background check data. But now, if this ominous is enacted, records will be destroyed in 24 hours. What the devil is the urgency to destroy those records? Purportedly, it is so we don't have some file or big brother looking over your shoulders.
Talk to any of the people who had family members in the World Trade Center neighborhood that I come from and ask them if those records ought to be destroyed in a hurry. Or ask the people who lost loved ones in Pan Am 103. If any of the records--if any of those people associated with Libya and that group goes to purchase a gun, those records ought to be left open until they are totally combed. If a person purchases a gun and it is discovered that terrorists are planning to launch an attack somewhere in the country, the records will have been destroyed. Whom are we trying to protect?
Under the 24-hour destruction standard, we will not know where the purchase was placed or when or what firearms were purchased. The loss of this data puts our communities at risk and hinders the ability of law enforcement to prevent terrorist attacks. Does that
make America safer? I am sorry that the President last night in his speech didn't object to having that held over our heads legislatively now.
In their zeal to please the National Rifle Association and other special interest gun groups, the majority is willing to undermine homeland security and individual security and put our communities in danger. So I ask the majority: Whose side are you on anyway? You really have to wonder when the Republican leadership decides that the protection of the anonymity of gun-buying terrorists is more important than protecting our country from terrorist attacks.
My home State, New Jersey, lost 700 people on 9/11. I would like someone from the other side of the aisle, or someone from the Justice Department, to sit down with those families, many of whom I know, who lost loved ones, and explain to them why we should destroy these records so quickly. Explain to these families why we need to protect the terrorists' identity when they try to buy a firearm. It is an outrage.
The majority claims that they care deeply about homeland security. I am sure they do. But in practice, when homeland security collides with gun rights, homeland security goes out the window.
I was a member of the Appropriations Committee for 18 years. The committee has always done its work in a bipartisan fashion. It is sad to see that bipartisanship evaporate at the snap of Karl Rove's fingers.
I say to my colleagues on the other side of the aisle: Let us take the pollutants out of this ominous bill. We have a responsibility to fund critical government programs without adding misguided or downright dangerous legislative riders.
I yield the floor.
I suggest the absence of a quorum.
Mr. President, I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from Texas. Before yielding, let me just briefly say, this resolution of disapproval dealing with the rules on broadcast ownership by the Federal…
Mr. President, I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from Texas.
Before yielding, let me just briefly say, this resolution of disapproval dealing with the rules on broadcast ownership by the Federal Communications Commission is a rarely used----
Mr. President, there is 30 minutes granted to each side, as I understand it.
Mr. President, let me grant myself such time as I may consume. Then I will yield 10 minutes to the Senator from Texas.
I was simply making the point that this is a resolution of disapproval. It is rarely used in the Senate. I think this is only the second time it has been used. But this is a critically important issue. We will have a number of speakers describing why this resolution of disapproval has been brought to the floor of the Senate.
I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from Texas.
Mr. President, I think appropriately at this point, Senator McCain in opposition will yield time and then I will be happy to yield time to the Senator from Wisconsin at an appropriate time.
Mr. President, I yield 4 minutes to the Senator from Wisconsin.
Mr. President, I yield 3 minutes to the Senator from Washington, Senator Murray.
Mr. President, I yield 3 minutes to the Senator from Maine, Ms. Snowe.
Mr. President, I yield 3 minutes to the Senator from New Jersey.
How much time is remaining on both sides?
Mr. President, I yield myself the remaining time.
I have great respect for those who disagree with the position that I, Senator Lott, and many others have taken on this issue, but the resolution of disapproval, which is part of the Congressional Review Act, is, in effect, a legislative veto. It is perfectly appropriate to use it in this circumstance.
I will talk a little bit about why this bipartisan resolution is important. First, it is acknowledged by everyone that we have had galloping concentration in the broadcast industry in recent years. One company now owns
well over 1,200 radio stations. The same is happening in television. I do not happen to think big is always bad but I think the FCC's new rules will just hasten the day when we have fewer and fewer companies owning virtually all of the broadcast properties in this country.
So if one thinks that what the American people see, read, and hear should be controlled by fewer and fewer people, then they would like the FCC rules and they would want to oppose this resolution of disapproval. But if they believe in localism, diversity, and competition, which are the hallmarks of the reason we provide free licenses and the free use of the airwaves to companies by which they profit, in which we say to them they have responsibilities attached to this license, localism, diversity, competition, if you believe those enhance this country, enhance local areas or communities or counties or States, then you are going to want to support this resolution of disapproval.
A lot of our folks think the FCC has written rules that fundamentally weaken our democracy. Our democracy is nourished by the free flow of information, by localism, by competition. The fact is, three-quarters of a million people sent their comments to the FCC saying: Don't do this. It ranges from the National Rifle Association, National Organization for Women, Walter Cronkite, Jesse Helms. This is a broad- based group of American people who believe very strongly that what the FCC has done is wrong.
The most dramatic rule changes in the history of broadcasting have been embarked upon by the FCC with one hearing in Richmond, VA. They concocted this rule that said: Oh, by the way, here is what we think should happen. We believe it is all right, in the largest city in this country, for one company to own the dominant newspaper, three television stations, eight radio stations, and the cable company. And the same company can do that in the largest city, the next largest city, the next largest city, the next largest city.
It is not all right. We know better than that. Let me describe a little of what is happening with this concentration. Perhaps you are driving down the street in Salt Lake City listening to your car radio, tuning the dial until you find a radio station you happen to enjoy, one with good music, someone with a sonorous voice saying: Good morning in Salt Lake City. It's sunny here. What a beautiful day outside. The sky is blue.
And you think what a great announcer they have in Salt Lake City when, in fact, that person may be broadcasting from a basement broadcast booth in Baltimore, MD. It is called voice track. It is called let's pretend. Let's pretend someone is broadcasting locally, but instead that person is using the Internet information to say it is sunny here in Salt Lake City, trying to make folks in Salt Lake City believe they are broadcasting in Salt Lake City. ``Voice tracking''-- remember that term.
Central casting--it is the same approach in television. You like that? You just take localism, take local interest out of broadcasting and pretend it is local. If localism is unimportant, why do they even have to pretend?
What about turning on your television set seeing people eating maggots? Yes, you can see that on television. Maybe you don't like seeing people eating maggots. Maybe you think seeing people eat a cupful of maggots shoved in front of them--maybe you think that ought not be shown in our community.
So you call the broadcaster, and you say I am going to complain about this programming. How did you do this? Why would you show a program in which people eat maggots?
And the broadcaster writes back--this happens to be a July 25 letter. I won't use names:
We received your letter dated June 30, 2003, regarding the
content of the . . . show. . . .
We forwarded your letter to the . . . Network. The Network,
not [us], decides what shows go on the air here for the . . .
Owned and Operated Television Stations.
The network likes maggots. It comes to your hometown and you don't have a choice, nor would a local broadcaster, and certainly not affiliates, stations owned by the broadcaster. They are going to broadcast it.
What has happened to localism? Dead? Wounded? Bleeding? If the FCC has its way with this rule, it will be gone, just plain gone.
Is there a reason for us to be concerned? I think so. There is a broad, bipartisan group of interests in the Senate using the legislative veto to say let's say to the FCC: What you have done is wrong.
Let me read a letter from our distinguished former colleague, Jesse Helms, because, as always, he puts it very succinctly.
Mr. President, how much time remains?
Jesse Helms wrote a letter to my colleague, Trent Lott.
Dear Trent:
Thank you for your leadership in trying to undo the
disaster created by the Federal Communications Commission's
new media ownership rules. These rules will benefit huge
conglomerates and no one else.
Let me point out, Senator Helms is one of the few people who served in this Senate who came from a broadcast background.
Sometimes I think people in Washington, particularly at the
Commission, have forgotten that the FCC role is to preserve
localism, diversity, and competition. In no way are those
criteria supported by the recent FCC ruling. If the
commission fails, as it has, then Congress must step in. You
and Senator Dorgan have done that. I can think of no reason
to allow fewer companies to own more and more of the media.
Media ownership is a bipartisan issue that commands a close
review by Democrats and Republicans.
When your resolution comes to the Senate floor, I'll be
cheering for 51 votes.
It is signed by Jesse Helms, former U.S. Senator.
In this morning's newspaper, the FCC chairman, Mr. Powell, makes comments about what we are doing here today. I happen to like Chairman Powell. Personally, I think he is a good person. We have had a good relationship. I think he has made a horrible mistake. His leadership on this issue at the Federal Communications Commission, as I have said previously, has led the Commission to cave in as quickly and as completely to the special interests as anything I have ever seen.
Mr. Powell says ``the move in the Senate today'' referring to this move ``is bordering on the absurd.''
I am sorry. There is nothing at all absurd about the Senate taking direct aim at a rule by a Federal regulatory agency that is wrongheaded, and saying we are going to veto this rule. There is nothing absurd about that at all.
This Congress has the right under this legislation to do it. This has been rarely used. It is the second occasion in which the Senate has used this. We would only do it when a regulatory agency, issuing regulations, has so starkly decided to misrepresent what is the public interest.
The FCC is a regulatory body. One would expect them to wear striped shirts and have a whistle and blow the whistle when it is needed on behalf of the public interest, to stand up for the public interest. But when regulatory agencies refuse to stand for the public interest, then we must take action.
My colleague, Senator McCain, talks about S. 1046. I am a cosponsor of that legislation. I support it very strongly. I hope the Senate will pass that as well. I will only observe that this resolution of disapproval will run into some whitewater rapids when it comes to the House. I understand that. So, too, would S. 1046 if it gets to the House of Representatives.
The fact is, we ought to in every conceivable way avoid the problems that will come from these rules. My colleagues and others have talked about the problem of growing concentration in the media. It is getting worse, not better. The worst possible result, in my judgment, would be to say let's just let the FCC rules go into effect.
A Federal circuit court has already issued a stay. They understand that the American people were not given the opportunity in the hearing, the one hearing that existed in Richmond, VA. The case has not been made for this FCC rule. So we have a stay at the Federal court.
A reasonable step and a thoughtful step on behalf of this Senate is to stand up this morning for the public interest and say to the FCC: You had a responsibility and you failed. We have every right under the Congressional Review
Act to enact, this morning, a resolution of disapproval. I hope sufficient numbers of my colleagues will join me, will join Senator Lott, and others, in a strong bipartisan resolution to say we don't like what the FCC has done. We think it is not at all in support of the public interest. We believe it undermines this democracy which rests on the free flow of information. We believe we ought to disapprove of this rule.
Mr. President, I ask for the yeas and nays.
I move to reconsider the vote.
Mr. President, I rise today in support of the resolution. I particularly want to commend my colleague from North Dakota, Mr. Dorgan, and our friend from Mississippi, Senator Lott, as well, for their…
Mr. President, I rise today in support of the resolution. I particularly want to commend my colleague from North Dakota, Mr. Dorgan, and our friend from Mississippi, Senator Lott, as well, for their bipartisan efforts.
I believe I have sat through every minute of these hearings because I believe what the Commerce Committee has been looking at is extraordinarily important. I want to take a few minutes today to outline for the Senate and others who are just beginning to get involved in this issue what I think is at stake.
First, I think it is important to be clear about what is ahead. In my view, the big media conglomerates want to make a meal out of the Nation's small media outlets, and I believe the Senate needs to step in and cancel this feast. That is what this resolution would do and why it is so important.
I would like to begin, in discussing this issue, by talking about the fact that the Senate has been down this road before. In the discussion with respect to radio, there was considerable debate about the deregulation of radio at the time. Extensive testimony was taken. Arguments were made that this was an experiment that should be allowed to go forward. In 1996, the Congress relaxed the limits on radio station ownership. What we heard during our hearings, and I asked Chairman Powell about this specifically with respect to radio, was truly alarming.
Chairman Powell, under questioning that I engaged him in in committee, admitted now there was a problem with respect to concentration of radio. Chairman McCain attested to it as well this afternoon. So the challenge now for the Senate is to make sure the Senate does not allow a repeat of the failed media experiment.
What went on in radio is something that has not worked. It is an experiment, where the drawbacks outweigh the advantages. The Senate has an opportunity to make sure that the failed experiment that has taken a toll on localism, choice, and diversity across this country is not to be repeated. In my view, it is the centerpiece of the argument as to why this resolution is so important.
There are not a lot of rallies outside the offices of Senators for big media kind of feeding frenzies. All of the input has essentially been the other way. The public has been concerned that as the conglomerates get bigger, the diet of news in particular is going to get blander and certainly less diverse and less locally oriented and more mass produced.
We have been very troubled about what we have seen in our home State of Oregon. In Eugene, OR, for example, a network affiliate wanted to shift around program time slots so it could offer the city's first 10 p.m. newscast. It was not going to cut programming. It was going to shift some of the schedules. The network said no, because they wanted to maintain what they described as a consistent nationwide distribution pattern.
As a result, Eugene residents still have no 10 p.m. news program even though the local station, a family-owned business, wanted to offer it.
The lesson has been clear. For the network, nationwide business judgments trump local interests. That is the story of what has happened in Eugene. The big networks may claim they are fully committed to localism, but in practice they behave differently than a truly local owner would.
When they came before the committee, I asked about this issue and they said, it is a free country. That local network affiliate does not have to take network programming 7 to 8, or 8 to 9, or 9 to 10. It is a free country. They can make their own choices.
Essentially, the freedom they have described for a local affiliate is the freedom to go broke. A local affiliate cannot, in effect, write off network
programming for most of the evening because they are committed to public service news and the opportunity for citizens to be heard.
There has to be a balance. There has to be a balance between national judgments and local judgments, and I believe the Federal Communications Commission would skew that balance. They would skew it towards a media that was less sensitive to local concerns and local interests, and would be less diverse and offer fewer choices. I believe that is why these rules need to be maintained so as to have a proper balance rather than a skewed approach to media regulation in our country as the Federal Communications Commission's approach would do.
If we look at the media landscape today, it is pretty hard to argue that the Federal Communications Commission is holding the reins too tightly at present. Concentration is already on the rise in television, radio, cable, and newspapers. Viacom, News Corporation, AOL/Time Warner, Walt Disney, and others have amassed a very broad and extensive array of media properties, and it would seem to me that given the trend towards concentration at present, the current FCC's rules are even more important than before.
I think what it comes down to is that the Federal Communications Commission's approach is going to take a toll on several vital areas of the public's interest. I believe, for example, that the diversity of viewpoints in medium-size towns across the country will be reduced if the same company owns the local newspaper, the most watched television stations, local radio stations, and perhaps the cable system, too. We heard testimony to that effect in the Senate Commerce Committee.
If each of these media outlets at the local level are part of a big nationwide chain that is making programming decisions at corporate headquarters thousands of miles away, what is going to be the bottom line emphasis? Are those people at distant conference tables thousands of miles from our local communities going to put the kind of focus on local news and local programming that my constituents want? The evidence suggests otherwise.
With respect to creativity and independent content, if the local cable system, the local broadcaster, and the main satellite providers in effect are able to control substantial programming interests, we do have a way to preserve the kind of local orientation that our citizens feel so strongly about. If that changes, and I believe it would change under the Federal Communications Commission approach, I think what is going to happen in the future is everywhere independent programmers turn, they are going to be told by the national interests, by these national economic powers: Sorry, but we have to give preference to the programs that we produce in-house, rather than the local cable system, the local broadcaster, the main satellite providers who, today, offer so much creativity and diverse programming for local communities.
Finally, it seems to me that the Federal Communications Commission approach is going to take a toll on objective news coverage. With respect to news outlets reporting independently on issues that affect the parent companies, you ought to begin the discussion just by noting that ABC--and it has already been reported with respect to this matter--that ABC News, owned by Disney, quashed an investigative story on Disney theme parks. It seems to me that more cross-ownership is going to create more opportunities for conflicts of interest in news coverage and that will reduce the kind of independent reporting that has consistently been in the public interest.
A lot of the advocates for these changes, these powerful conglomerates, point to the idea that these are tough economic times; that some media outlets may be hurting. Their argument has been that it may be efficient, as they describe it, from a pure dollars and cents perspective, to allow different media businesses to combine their operations.
I would only say to those who make that argument that efficiency is not the only thing at stake in this debate. Sure, if all anybody cares about in the United States is efficiency, why not just have one single nationwide news bureau? They could run everything and people could say we sure have efficiency now. We wouldn't have all these reporters and commentators running around trying to beat each other and scoop each other and the like. But I think it is pretty obvious to Senators that would not be in the public interest because it would reduce diversity and reduce choice and reduce the kind of robust public debate that America wants.
So there are other values besides efficiency. That is the point of the current rules, that they help to balance these competing interests.
I will wrap up because I see other colleagues waiting to make their remarks. I think what has happened in this country, and with the FCC's set of initiatives in this area, is that the Federal Communications Commission has rung the dinner bell--they have rung the dinner bell for these powerful conglomerates who are out there licking their chops at the prospect of making a meal out of these small outlets.
As I said earlier, I hope the Senate, when it looks at the facts, when it looks at what has gone on in the failed experiment of radio-- and I want to emphasize that--I think the Federal Communications Commission will say: All right, these big media companies are at the dinner table. They want to gobble up these small outlets.
I hope the Senate votes in favor of this resolution and cancels the Federal Communications Commission's feeding frenzy. I hope the Senate will do that when we vote next week.
I yield the floor.
Bill Text
2 versions available
[Congressional Bills 108th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[S. 1046 Reported in Senate (RS)]
Calendar No. 270
108th CONGRESS
1st Session
S. 1046
[Report No. 108-141]
To amend the Communications Act of 1934 to preserve localism, to foster
and promote the diversity of television programming, to foster and
promote competition, and to prevent excessive concentration of
ownership of the Nation's television broadcast stations.
_______________________________________________________________________
IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES
May 13, 2003
Mr. Stevens (for himself, Mr. Hollings, Mr. Burns, Mr. Lott, Mr.
Dorgan, Mr. Wyden, Mr. Feingold, Mr. Allard, Mrs. Lincoln, Mr. Akaka,
Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Dole, Mrs. Boxer, Mr. Inouye, Mr. Pryor, Mr. Dodd,
Mr. Edwards, Mrs. Murray, Ms. Snowe, Mr. Carper, Mr. Kerry, Mr.
Jeffords, Mr. Nelson of Florida, Ms. Cantwell, Mr. Baucus, Ms. Collins,
Mr. Levin, Mr. Durbin, Mr. Byrd, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Bingaman, Mr.
Lieberman, Mr. Leahy, Mr. Lautenberg, Mr. Sarbanes, Ms. Murkowski, Mr.
Daschle, Mrs. Clinton, Mr. Reed, Mr. Graham of Florida, Mr. Coleman,
Mr. Chambliss, Mr. Biden, Mr. Alexander, Mr. Enzi, Mr. Chafee, and Mr.
Corzine) introduced the following bill; which was read twice and
referred to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation
September 3, 2003
Reported by Mr. McCain, with an amendment
[Insert the part printed in italic]
_______________________________________________________________________
A BILL
To amend the Communications Act of 1934 to preserve localism, to foster
and promote the diversity of television programming, to foster and
promote competition, and to prevent excessive concentration of
ownership of the Nation's television broadcast stations.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
This Act may be cited as the ``Preservation of Localism, Program
Diversity, and Competition in Television Broadcast Service Act of
2003''.
SEC. 2. FINDINGS; PURPOSES.
(a) Findings.--Congress makes the following findings:
(1) The principle of localism is embedded in the
Communications Act in section 307(b) of the Communications Act
of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 307(b)). It has been the pole star for
regulation of the broadcast industry by the Federal
Communications Commission for nearly 70 years.
(2) In the Telecommunications Act of 1996, Congress
directed the Federal Communications Commission to increase the
limitations on national multiple television ownership so that
one party could not own or control television stations whose
aggregate national audience reach exceeded 35 percent. Congress
did so because it recognized that--
(A) further national concentration could not be
undone;
(B) other regulatory changes, such as the repeal by
the Commission of its financial and syndication
regulations, would heighten the power of the national
television networks; and
(C) the independence of non-network-owned stations
would be threatened if network ownership exceeded 35
percent.
(3) If a limit to the national audience reach of television
stations that one party may own or control is not codified at
this time--
(A) further national concentration may occur whose
pernicious effects may be difficult to eradicate; and
(B) the independence of non-network-owned stations
will be threatened, placing local stations in danger of
becoming mere passive conduits for network
transmissions.
(4) A cap on national multiple television ownership will
help preserve localism by limiting the networks' ability to
dictate programming aired on local stations.
(5) The landscape of national ownership has changed
dramatically over the past two decades since the time when the
networks were limited to owning just seven television stations
nationwide:
(A) the Commission's financial and syndication
regulations have been repealed;
(B) the networks can own more than one television
station in many local markets;
(C) the networks have embraced programming ventures
from studios to syndication to foreign sales; and
(D) the networks own the most popular cable and
Internet content businesses.
Together these changes have strengthened the networks' hands
and given them strong incentives to override local interests.
(6) Unlike non-network-owned stations which are only
concerned with local viewers, network-owned stations have
multiple interests they must consider: national advertising
interests, syndicated programming interests, foreign sales
interests, cable programming interests, and, lastly, local
station interests.
(7) The possibility of further nationalization threatens
the current give-and-take between non-network-owned affiliates
and networks which can result in programming being edited,
scheduled, or promoted in ways that are more appropriate for
local audiences.
(8) As network power has grown in recent years, the
networks have forced affiliation agreements to tilt the balance
of power even more in their favor. Contract provisions encroach
on the ability of non-network-owned affiliates to reject
programming that local stations determine not to be in the best
interests of their local communities, and local stations are
penalized for unauthorized preemptions (as determined by the
network) and for exceeding preemption baskets.
(9) This Act will help to preserve localism in and to
prevent the further nationalization of the television broadcast
service.
(b) Purposes.--The purposes of this Act are--
(1) to promote the values of localism in the television
broadcast service;
(2) to promote diversity of television programming and
viewpoints;
(3) to promote competition; and
(4) to prevent excessive concentration of ownership by
establishing a limit to the national audience reach of the
television stations that any one party may own or control.
SEC. 3. NATIONAL TELEVISION MULTIPLE OWNERSHIP LIMITATIONS.
(a) Establishment of National Television Multiple Ownership
Limitations.--Part I of title III of the Communications Act of 1934 is
amended by inserting after section 339 (47 U.S.C. 339) the following
new section:
``SEC. 340. NATIONAL TELEVISION MULTIPLE OWNERSHIP LIMITATIONS.
``(a) National Audience Reach Limitation.--The Commission shall not
permit any license for a commercial television broadcast station to be
granted, transferred, or assigned to any party (including all parties
under common control) if the grant, transfer, or assignment of such
license would result in such party or any of its stockholders,
partners, or members, officers, or directors, directly or indirectly,
owning, operating or controlling, or having a cognizable interest in
television stations which have an aggregate national audience reach
exceeding 35 percent.
``(b) No Grandfathering.--The Commission shall require any party
(including all parties under common control) that holds licenses for
commercial television broadcast stations in excess of the limitation
contained in subsection (a) to divest itself of such licenses as may be
necessary to come into compliance with such limitation within one year
after the date of enactment of this section.
``(c) Section Not Subject to Forbearance.--Section 10 of this Act
shall not apply to the requirements of this section.
``(d) Definitions.--
``(1) National audience reach.--The term `national audience
reach' means--
``(A) the total number of television households in
the Nielsen Designated Market Area (DMA) markets in
which the relevant stations are located, or as
determined under a successor measure adopted by the
Commission to delineate television markets for purposes
of this section; divided by
``(B) the total national television households as
measured by such DMA data (or such successor measure)
at the time of a grant, transfer, or assignment of a
license.
No market shall be counted more than once in making this
calculation.
``(2) Cognizable interest.--Except as may otherwise be
provided by regulation by the Commission, the term `cognizable
interest' means any partnership or direct ownership interest
and any voting stock interest amounting to 5 percent or more of
the outstanding voting stock of a licensee.''.
(b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 202(c)(1) of the
Telecommunications Act of 1934 (Public Law 104-104; 110 Stat. 111) is
amended--
(1) by striking ``its regulations'' and all that follows
through ``by eliminating'' and inserting ``its regulations (47
C.F.R. 73.3555) by eliminating'';
(2) by striking ``; and'' at the end of subparagraph (A)
and inserting a period; and
(3) by striking subparagraph (B).
SEC. 4. NO GRANDFATHERING.
(a) In General.--Notwithstanding any provision that permits a party
to exceed the caps on local radio ownership established by the Federal
Communications Commission in its media ownership proceeding, no party
shall exceed those caps 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
(b) Definitions.--In this section:
(1) In general.--Any term used in this section that is
defined in section 3 of the Communications Act of 1934 (47
U.S.C. 153) has the meaning given that term in that section.
(2) Media ownership proceeding.--The term ``media ownership
proceeding'' means the Federal Communications Commission
proceeding on broadcast media ownership rules (MB Docket No.
02-277, MM Docket No. 01-235, MM Docket No. 01-317, and MM
Docket No. 00-244).
SEC. 5. CLARIFICATION OF CONGRESSIONAL INTENT WITH RESPECT TO OWNERSHIP
RULES REVIEW.
Section 202(h) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 is amended to
read as follows:
``(h) Further Commission Review.--
``(1) In general.--The Commission shall review its rules
adopted pursuant to this section, and all of its ownership
rules biennially as part of its regulatory reform review under
section 11 of the Communications Act of 1934 and shall
determine whether--
``(A) any rule requires strengthening or
broadening;
``(B) any rule requires limiting or narrowing;
``(C) any rule should be repealed; or
``(D) any rule should be retained.
``(2) Change, repeal, or retain.--The Commission shall
change, repeal, or retain such rules pursuant to its review
under paragraph (1) as it determines to be in the public
interest.''.
SEC. 6. PUBLIC HEARING REQUIREMENT.
Section 202(h) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 is amended by
adding at the end ``Before making any determination under this
subsection concerning an ownership rule or regulation, the Commission
shall hold no less than 5 public hearings in different areas of the
United States with respect to that rule or regulation.''.
SEC. 7. RESTORATION OF CROSS-OWNERSHIP RULES.
(a) In General.--The cross-media limits rule adopted by the Federal
Communications Commission on June 2, 2003 pursuant to its proceeding on
broadcast media ownership rules (MB Docket No. 02-277, MM Docket No.
01-235, MM Docket No. 01-317, and MM Docket No. 00-244) is hereby
declared null and void. The rules pertaining to broadcast-newspaper and
radio-television cross-ownership in effect on June 1, 2003 are hereby
reinstated as they were in effect on June 1, 2003, and shall be applied
by the Commission retroactively to June 2, 2003.
(b) Rural State Exemption.--Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary under the Commission's broadcast-newspaper cross-ownership
rules, in a small market with a Designated Market Area of 150 or
higher, the public utility commission of the State or States in which
such market is located may recommend, on a case-by-case basis, that the
Commission grant a waiver of such cross-ownership rules if the public
utility commission finds that the proposed transaction for which the
waiver is required will enhance local news and information, promote the
financial stability of a newspaper, radio station, or television
station, or otherwise promote the public interest. The Commission may
approve such recommendation within 60 days after the Commission
receives it unless there is compelling evidence that the transaction to
which the recommendation relates would be contrary to the public
interest. If the Commission grants the recommended waiver each
newspaper, radio station, and television station covered by the waiver
shall maintain a separate editorial board and the editorial views of
each of those boards shall be broadcast or printed, as the case may be,
whenever the editorial views of one of the other boards are broadcast
or printed.
Calendar No. 270
108th CONGRESS
1st Session
S. 1046
[Report No. 108-141]
_______________________________________________________________________
A BILL
To amend the Communications Act of 1934 to preserve localism, to foster
and promote the diversity of television programming, to foster and
promote competition, and to prevent excessive concentration of
ownership of the Nation's television broadcast stations.
_______________________________________________________________________
September 3, 2003
Reported with an amendment